The Manila Forum

The Manila Forum
Center for Contemporary Culture and Civic Engagement
A Thesis Submitted to
The College of Architecture
University Of Santo Tomas
In partial fulfilment
of the Requirements
for the degree of
Bachelor of Science in Architecture
PHILIP JON E. LEWIS

5 AR 12
September 22, 2014
Arch. JOHN JOSEPH T. FERNANDEZ

Dean, College of Architecture
University of Santo Tomas
Espaa, Manila
Dear Sir:
I have the honor to submit my thesis proposal entitled, The Manila Forum: Center
for Contemporary Culture and Civic Engagement as a partial requirement for the
degree of Bachelor of Science in Architecture. With the goal of providing a center that
would contribute to the reconstitution of Manilas cultural and civic identity and pride
through macro planning, cultural immersion, and community engagement, the following
are its project objectives:
1. To provide a center that would showcase and advocate for the tangible and
intangible assets of Manilas historic heritage, civic, urban, and cultural identity as
the means for developing the citys competitive and comparative advantage in an
increasingly aggressive economy.
2. To instill greater pride and glory for Manila by creating a venue to showcase
Manilas contemporary forms of art, culture and local distinctiveness in this age of
globalization and behavior.
3. To create a structure wherein the focus is to address the needs of the community and
the people, in order to advocate for community development, transparency, and trust
between the people and government of manila.
Upon the approval of this proposal, it is understood that I shall proceed with the research
work and submit it on the designated date. Justification and other requirements for the
proposal are included herewith.
Sincerely yours,
Endorsed by:
PHILIP JON E. LEWIS

5AR-12
Arch. ENRIQUE C. STA MARIA

Thesis Adviser
Recommending Approval:
2014-2015 THESIS COUNCIL
Approved by:
Arch. JOHN JOSEPH T. FERNANDEZ
The Pontifical and Royal
UNIVERSITY OF SANTO TOMAS

Espana, Manila
OFFICE OF THE DEAN

COLLEGE OF ARCHITECTURE
Certificate to Proceed
This Certificate is hereby given to PHILIP JON E. LEWIS whose thesis proposal
entitled The Manila Forum: Center for Contemporary Culture and Civic
Engagement has been carefully evaluated and endorsed by the Thesis Adviser and has
subsequently been reviewed and approved by this office.
You are now tasked to proceed with your research works in accordance with the existing
guidelines and policies of the College. You are likewise enjoined to submit the said
research work on the time and date designated by the Thesis Adviser this Semester.
This Certificate to Proceed is issued on September 22, 2014.
ARCH. JOHN JOSEPH T. FERNANDEZ

LIST OF FIGURES
29
Figure 4-1 . Satellite Imagery of SITE A - Lawton
30
Figure 4-2 . Satellite Imagery of SITE B - Binondo
31
Figure 4-3 . Satellite Imagery of SITE C - Taft
70
Figure 4-4 . Satellite Imagery of the Site
72
Figure 4-5 . Wind Direction of the Site
73
Figure 4-6 . Sun Angles of the Site
76
Figure 4-7 . Plan of the Site
77
Figure 4-8 . Contour Map of the Site
78
Figure 4-9 . Slope Aspect Map of the Site
79
Figure 4-10 . Satellite Images of the Site
80
Figure 4-11 . View from Quezon Bridge
80
Figure 4-12 . View of the vehicular egress of the site.
80
Figure 4-13 . View from P.Burgos Avenue
81
Figure 4-14 . Tunnel at the upper west end of the site
81
Figure 4-17 . The project site can also be accessed through the adjacent linear
park from arroceros forest park.
81
Figure 4-15 . The elevated track of the lrt 1 acts as a welcome arch after
quezon boulevard
81
Figure 4-18 . The water front side of the project site
81
Figure 4-16 . The elevated track of the lrt transects the project site
81
Figure 4-19 . The project site sits across the mcarthur monument
82
Figure 4-20 . The project site is across the historic central post office and
intramuros city.
82
Figure 4-23 . The project site has the vantage point of a 360 degree view of
ermita, manila city.
82
Figure 4-21 . The project site is across the historic manila metropolitan theatre.
82
Figure 4-24 . The project site acts as a vantage point to and from and pasig
giver.
82
Figure 4-22 . The project site is a potential vantage point for the light rail
transit.
LIST OF TABLES
32
Table 4-1 . Criteria for Site Selection
37
Table 4-2 . S.W.O.T. Analysis of Site A : Lawton
72
Table 4-3 . Comparative Chart of the Average Wind Speed of the Site
73
Table 4-4 . Comparative Chart of Monthly Hours of Sunlight of the Site
74
Table 4-5 . Comparative Temperature Chart of the Site
74
Table 4-6 . Comparative Humidity Chart of the Site
74
Table 4-7 . Comparative Precipitation Chart of the Site
95
Table 4-8 . Probability Chart for Natural Hazards
96
Table 4-9 . List of Neighboring Structures
98
Table 4-10 . Utility Availability
158
Table 6-1 . Fire Resistive Materials
227
Table 6-2 . Floor Area Incentive Chart
1. Footnote
2. Footnote
82
Figure 4-25 . The project site is in close proximity to the historic arroceros
forest park and mehan gardens.
83
Figure 4-26 . Vehicular Acces Map
83
Figure 4-27 . Pedestrian Acces Map
84
Figure 4-28 . Vegetation Map
84
Figure 4-29 . Vegetation from McArthur bridge.
84
Figure 4-30 . Vegetation from Quezon Bridge.
89
Figure 4-31 . On-Site Water Flow Pattern Map
90
Figure 4-32 . Frequently Flooded Areas On-Site
91
Figure 4-33 . Potential Areas for Retention Ponds.
91
Figure 4-34 . Potential Area for Catch Basin.
92
Figure 4-35 . The project site sits across the historic metropolitan theatre
92
Figure 4-38 . The arroceros forest park
92
Figure 4-36 . The project site sits across the historic central post office
92
92
Figure 4-37 . The elevated track of the lrt transects the project site
92
Figure 4-40 . The project site sits across the mcarthur monument
96
Figure 4-41 . Neighboring Structures
97
Figure 4-42 . Shading and Solar Access
97
Figure 4-43 . Image of LRT Line 1 Transecting the Site
97
Figure 4-44 . Image of the site From Quezon Bridge
99
Figure 4-45 . Insular Ice Plant and Cold Storage
99
100
100
100
100
101
101
101
101
102
102
102
103
Figure 4-58 . Present Use
104
Figure 4-59 . Projected Use
105
Figure 4-60 . Probable Effects of Development
107
Figure 4-61 . Schools and Places of Worship
108
Figure 4-62 . Places of Commerce
109
Figure 4-62 . Parks
110
Figure 4-63 . Municipal Services
111
Figure 4-64 . Recreational Facilities
112
Figure 4-65 . Banks
113
Figure 4-66 . Food Services
114
Figure 4-67 . Health Services
115
Figure 4-68 . Access to Public Transportation
123
Figure 5-1 . Logo of the City of Manila
130
Figure 5-2 . Logo of The Manila Forum
137
Figure 5-3 . The Manila Forum Organizational Chart
154
Figure 6-1 . Site Plan
155
Figure 6-2 . Site Plan Configuration with LRT Line 1 Track
156
Figure 6-3 . Site Plan Configuration with LRT Line 1 Track and Buildable
Area
230
Figure 6-4 . Earthquake-Induced Landslide Map
231
Figure 6-5 . Flooding Map
232
Figure 6-6 . Ground Rupture
233
Figure 6-7 . Ground Shaking
234
Figure 6-8 . Liquefaction
235
Figure 6-9 . Rain Induced Landslide
236
Figure 6-10 . Storm Surge
237
Figure 6-11 . Tsunami
244
Figure 7-1 . Glass Panel Shutter System - Application of Biothermometals
245
Figure 7-2 . Bloom diagram - Application of Biothermometals
246
Figure 7-3 . Armoured Closet - Application of Biothermometals
247
Figure 7-4 . GIY Mushroom Materials
248
Figure 7-5 . Structural Biocomposites for Wall Systems
250
Figure 7-6 . Mushroom Architecture Pavilion
250
250
251
251
251
259
Figure 7-12 . Diagrid Structural System
260
Figure 7-13 . Thermobiometal Structural System
262
Figure 7-14 . London City Hall
262
262
268
Figure 7-17 . Sydney Opera House at Night
268
Figure 7-18 . Sydney Opera House
268
271
Figure 7-20 . Guggenheim Museum Bilbao
271
271
275
Figure 7-23 . Dee and Charles Wyly Theatre
275
275
278
Figure 7-24 . Cultural Center of the Philippines
278
278
281
Figure 7-27 . Philippine Central Post Office
281
281
292
Figure 8-1 . Space Program
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
Figure 8-13 . Summary of Areas
305
306
Figure 8-15 . Matrix Diagram
307
Figure 8-16 . Bubble Diagram
308
309
310
311
312
Table Of Contents
CHAPTER I - INTRODUCTION
1
CHAPTER I : INTRODUCTION
1 . 1 - BACKGROUND AND NATURE OF THE PROJECT
1 . 1 . 1 - CULTURAL EXISTENCE
1 . 1 . 2 - CIVIC ENGAGEMENT
1 . 1 . 3 - METROPOLITAN MANILA
1 . 1 . 4 - PROGRESSIVE URBANISM
1 . 2 - STATEMENT OF THE PROBLEM
1 . 3 - PROJECT OBJECTIVES
1 . 4 - SIGNIFICANCE OF THE PROJECT
11
1 . 5 - SCOPE AND LIMITATION OF THE PROJECT
CHAPTER II - REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE

12
CHAPTER II : REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE
12
2 . 1 - FOREIGN LITERATURE
12
2 . 1 . 1 - CULTURAL IDENTITY AND CULTURAL TOURISM
12
2 . 1 . 2 - CONNECTED ISOLATION
13
2 . 1 . 3 - NEW NATURES
13
2 . 1 . 4 - ARCHITECTURE AND THE CITY
14
2 . 1 . 5 - S, M, L, XL.
15
2 . 2 - LOCAL LITERATURE
15
2 . 2 . 1 - CITY DESIGN AND THE NATION: PHILIPPINE CIVIC DESIGN
15
2 . 2 . 2 - THE SOCIOLOGY OF STREET USE IN MANILA
16
2 . 2 . 3 - CULTURE INGESTED
16
2 . 2 . 4 - THE AGE OF DISCOVERY
17
2 . 2 . 5 - THE SOCIO-CULTURAL SITUATION IN THE PHILIPPINES
CHAPTER III - RESEARCH METHODOLOGY

18
CHAPTER III : RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
18
3 . 1 - QUALITATIVE RESEARCH
18
3 . 1 . 1 ARCHIVAL METHOD
19
3 . 1 . 2 - DESCRIPTIVE METHOD
19
3 . 1 . 2 . 1 - OBSERVATION
19
3 . 1 . 2 . 2 - IN DEPTH INTERVIEWS
24
3 . 1 . 2 . 3 - FOCUS GROUP DISCUSSIONS
24
3 . 1 . 3 - COMPARATIVE METHOD
25
3 . 2 - DATA COLLECTION
CHAPTER IV - SITE PROFILE AND ANALYSIS

26
CHAPTER IV : SITE PROFILE AND ANALYSIS
26
4 . 1 - SITE SELECTION
26
4 . 1 . 1 - CRITERIA FOR SITE SELECTION
26
4 . 1 . 1 . 1 - GENERAL CRITERIA
27
4 . 1 . 1 . 2 - SPECIFIC CRITERIA
29
4 . 1 . 2 - SITE DESCRIPTION
29
4 . 1 . 2 . 1 - SITE A
30
4 . 1 . 2 . 2 - SITE B
31
4 . 1 . 2 . 3 - SITE C
32
4 . 1 . 3 - TABLE FOR SITE SELECTION
33
4 . 1 . 4 - SITE SELECTION
33
4 . 1 . 4 . 1 - GENERAL CRITERIA SCORING
35
4 . 1 . 4 . 2 - SPECIFIC CRITERIA SCORING
36
4 . 1 . 5 - SITE JUSTIFICATION
37
4 . 1 . 6 - S.W.O.T. ANALYSIS
38
4 . 2 - MACRO SITE INVENTORY AND PROFILE
38
4 . 2 . 1 - SITE INVENTORY AND PROFILE
38
4 . 2 . 1 . 1 - PHYSICAL ATTRIBUTES
38
4 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 1 - PARCEL SITE
39
4 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 2 - SOIL, TOPOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY, HYDROLOGY
39
4 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 2 . 1 - SOIL
40
4 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 2 . 2 - TOPOGRAPHY
40
4 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 2 . 3 - GEOLOGY
40
4 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 2 . 4 - HYDROLOGY
41
4 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 3 - CLIMATE AND SEISMICITY
41
4 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 3 . 1 - CLIMATE
41
4 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 3 . 2 - SEISMICITY
42
4 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 4 - NATURAL HAZARDS
42
4 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 4 . 1 - URBAN DRAINAGE SYSTEM AND FLOODING
42
4 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 4 . 2 - FIRE PRONE
43
4 . 2 . 1 . 2 - ENVIRONMENTAL ATTRIBUTES
43
4 . 2 . 1 . 2 . 1 - PARKS AND RECREATIONS
44
4 . 2 . 1 . 2 . 2 - WATERWAYS AND ESTEROS
44
4 . 2 . 1 . 2 . 3 - WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT
44
4 . 2 . 1 . 2 . 4 - SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT
46
4 . 2 . 1 . 2 . 5 - AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT
47
4 . 2 . 1 . 3 - SOCIAL ATTRIBUTES
47
4 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 1 - GOVERNMENT PROFILE
47
4 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 2 - DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE
48
4 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 3 - SEX AND STRUCTURE PROFILE
48
4 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 4 - EDUCATIONAL PROFILE
49
4 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 5 - PARTICIPATION RATE
49
4 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 - HEALTH AND OTHER INFRASTRUCTURES
50
4 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 7 - HOUSING
51
4 . 2 . 1 . 4 - ECONOMIC ATTRIBUTES
51
4 . 2 . 1 . 4 . 1 - EMPLOYMENT
52
4 . 2 . 1 . 4 . 1 . 1 - INCOME
53
4 . 2 . 1 . 4 . 2 - COMMERCE AND INDUSTRY
53
4 . 2 . 1 . 4 . 2 . 1 - COMMERCE AND TRADE SHIPPING
54
4 . 2 . 1 . 4 . 2 . 2 - ECONOMIES OF AGGLOMERATION
55
4 . 2 . 1 . 4 . 2 . 3 - BUSINESS ESTABLISHMENTS
55
4 . 2 . 1 . 4 . 2 . 4 - CITY MARKETS
56
4 . 2 . 1 . 4 . 3 - TOURISM
57
4 . 2 . 1 . 5 - INFRASTRUCTURE AND UTILITIES
57
4 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 1 - WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION
58
4 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 2 - TELECOMMUNICATION AND POSTAL SERVICES
58
4 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 2 . 1 - TELECOMMUNICATION
58
4 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 2 . 2 - POSTAL SERVICES
58
4 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 3 - POWER AND ELECTRIFICATION
59
4 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 4 - TRANSPORTATION
59
4 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 4 . 1 - ROADS AND BRIDGES
60
4 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 4 . 2 - RAILWAY
61
4 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 4 . 3 - WATER TRANSPORT
62
4 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 4 . 4 - TRAFFIC AND PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION
64
4 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 5 - SUPPORT INFRASTRUCTURES
64
4 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 5 . 1 - PARKING FACILITIES
64
4 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 5 . 2 - PEDESTRIAN FACILITIES AND SIDEWALKS
65
4 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 6 - ENGINEERING FLOOD CONTROL AND ABATEMENT
65
4 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 6 . 1 - LOCAL STREET FLOODING
65
4 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 6 . 2 - MODERATE FLOODING
66
4 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 6 . 3 - NATURAL DRAINAGE
67
4 . 2 . 2 - ERMITA, MANILA - SITE PROFILE
67
4 . 2 . 2 . 1 - HISTORY
68
4 . 2 . 2 . 2 - ACCESSIBILITY
68
4 . 2 . 2 . 3 - ECONOMY
68
4 . 2 . 2 . 3 . 1 - GOVERNMENT OFFICES
68
4 . 2 . 2 . 3 . 2 - CORPORATE OFFICES
68
4 . 2 . 2 . 3 . 3 - COMMERCIAL CENTERS
69
4 . 2 . 2 . 4 - FACILITIES
69
4 . 2 . 2 . 4 . 1 - RECREATION
69
4 . 2 . 2 . 4 . 2 - EDUCATION
70
4 . 3 - MICRO SITE PROFILE AND ANALYSIS
70
71
4 . 3 . 2 - PHYSICAL FACTORS
71
4 . 3 . 2 . 1 - CLIMATE
72
4 . 3 . 2 . 1 . 1 - PREVAILING WINDS
72
4 . 3 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 1 - DIRECTION
72
4 . 3 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 2 - AVERAGE WIND SPEED
73
4 . 3 . 2 . 1 . 2 - SOLAR ORIENTATION
73
4 . 3 . 2 . 1 . 2 . 1 - SUN ANGLES
73
4 . 3 . 2 . 1 . 2 . 2 - MONTHLY HOURS OF SUNLIGHT
74
4 . 3 . 2 . 1 . 3 - TEMPERATURE, HUMIDITY, PRECIPITATION
74
4 . 3 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 1 - TEMPERATURE
74
4 . 3 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 2 - HUMIDITY
74
4 . 3 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 2 - PRECIPITATION
75
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 - TOPOGRAPHY
75
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 1 - LEGAL PROPERTY DESCRIPTION
77
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 2 - TOPOGRAPHIC MAPS AND AERIAL PHOTOS
77
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 2 . 1 - CONTOURS AND SPOT ELEVATIONS
80
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 2 . 3 - ESCARPMENTS
80
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 2 . 4 - EROSION CHANNELS
80
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 2 . 5 - VISUAL CHARACTERISTICS
80
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 2 . 6 - POTENTIAL PROBLEMS
81
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 3 - PHYSICAL FEATURES ANALYSIS
81
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 3 . 1 - PHYSICAL FEATURES
82
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 3 . 2 - FOCAL AND VANTAGE POINTS
83
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 4 - EXISTING ACCESS AND CIRCULATION
83
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 4 . 1 - VEHICULAR ACCESS
83
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 4 . 2 - PEDESTRIAN ACCESS
84
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 5 - VEGETATION
85
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 6 - EXISTING BODIES OF WATER
85
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 6 . 1 . THE PASIG RIVER
86
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 6 . 2 . HYDROGEOLOGY
86
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 6 . 2 . 1 . LOCATION
86
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 6 . 2 . 2 . SIZE
86
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 6 . 2 . 3 . DEPTH
86
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 6 . 2 . 4 . DIRECTION
87
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 6 . 3 . QUALITY
87
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 6 . 4 . PASIG RIVER FERRY SERVICE
87
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 6 . 5 . EXPECTED VARIATIONS
88
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 6 . 6 . COASTAL FEATURES
89
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 7 . - EXISTING DRAINAGE CANALS
89
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 8 . - EXISTING WATERWAY EASEMENTS
89
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 9 . - SURFACE DRAINAGE
89
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 9 . 1 . ON-SITE WATER FLOW PATTERNS
90
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 9 . 2 . - PROXIMITY TO FLOODPLAINS
90
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 9 . 2 . 1 . - MAXIMUM FLOOD LEVELS
90
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 9 . 2 . 2 . - FREQUENTLY FLOODED AREAS
90
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 9 . 3 . - WATERSHED AREAS
90
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 9 . 4 . - OBSTRUCTION TO NATURAL SURFACE DRAINAGE
91
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 9 . 5 . - POTENTIAL AREAS FOR RETENTION PONDS
92
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 10 . - UNIQUE SITE FEATURES
93
4 . 3 . 2 . 3 - GEOTECHNICAL
93
4 . 3 . 2 . 3 . 1 . - SOIL TYPE
93
4 . 3 . 2 . 3 . 1 . 1 . - ENTISOL
93
4 . 3 . 2 . 3 . 1 . 1 . 1 . - AQUENT
93
4 . 3 . 2 . 3 . 2 . - SEISMIC CONDITIONS
94
4 . 3 . 2 . 3 . 3 . - ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDS
94
4 . 3 . 2 . 3 . 3 . 1 . - CHEMICAL HAZARDS
94
4 . 3 . 2 . 3 . 3 . 2 . - PHYSICAL HAZARDS
94
4 . 3 . 2 . 3 . 3 . 3 . - MECHANICAL HAZARDS
94
4 . 3 . 2 . 3 . 3 . 4 . - BIOLOGICAL HAZARDS
95
4 . 3 . 2 . 3 . 3 . 1 . - NATURAL HAZARDS
96
4 . 3 . 2 . 4 - IMMEDIATE SURROUNDINGS
96
4 . 3 . 2 . 4 . 1 - NEIGHBORHOOD STRUCTURES
97
4 . 3 . 2 . 4 . 2 - SHADING AND SOLAR ACCESS
98
4 . 3 . 2 . 4 . 3 - SENSORY QUALITIES
98
4 . 3 . 2 . 4 . 3 . 1 - VISUAL QUALITY
98
4 . 3 . 2 . 4 . 3 . 2 - AUDITORY QUALITY
98
4 . 3 . 2 . 4 . 3 . 2 - OLFACTORY QUALITY
98
4 . 3 . 2 . 5 - UTILITIES
99
4 . 3 . 3 - HISTORICAL FACTORS
99
4 . 3 . 3 . 1 - SITE HISTORY
99
4 . 3 . 3 . 1 . 1 - INSULAR ICE PLANT AND COLD STORAGE
103
4 . 3 . 4 - LAND USE, OWNERSHIP, AND CONTROL
103
4 . 3 . 4 . 1 - PRESENT ZONING OF SITE AND ADJACENT PROPERTIES
103
4 . 3 . 4 . 1 . 1 - ADJACENT LAND USES
103
4 . 3 . 4 . 1 . 1 . 1 - PRESENT
106
4 . 3 . 4 . 1 . 2 - TYPE OF LAND OWNERSHIP
107
4 . 3 . 4 . 1 . 3 - COMMUNITY SERVICES
107
4 . 3 . 4 . 1 . 3 . 1 - SCHOOLS AND PLACES OF WORSHIP
108
108
4 . 3 . 4 . 1 . 3 . 2 - PLACES OF COMMERCE
109
109
4 . 3 . 4 . 1 . 3 . 3 - PARKS
110
110
4 . 3 . 4 . 1 . 3 . 4 - MUNICIPAL SERVICES
111
111
4 . 3 . 4 . 1 . 3 . 5 - RECREATIONAL FACILITIES
112
112
4 . 3 . 4 . 1 . 3 . 6 - BANKS
113
113
4 . 3 . 4 . 1 . 3 . 7 - FOOD SERVICES
114
114
4 . 3 . 4 . 1 . 3 . 8 - HEALTH SERVICES
115
115
4 . 3 . 4 . 1 . 3 . 7 - ACCESS TO PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION
116
CHAPTER V : PROJECT PROFILE AND ANALYSIS
116
5 . 1 - BACKGROUND OF THE PROJECT
116
5 . 1 . 1 - CIVIC, SOCIAL, AND COMMUNITY CENTERS
117
5 . 1 . 2 - COMMUNITY AND CONTEMPORARY CULTURE CENTERS
118
5 . 1 . 3 - ORGANIZATION AND OWNERSHIP
CHAPTER V - PROJECT PROFILE AND ANALYSIS

119
5 . 2 - THE CITY OF MANILA - CLIENT PROFILE
119
5 . 2 . 1 - HISTORY
120
5 . 2 . 2 - GEOGRAPHICAL SETTING
120
5 . 2 . 2 . 1 - INTERNATIONAL SETTING
120
5 . 2 . 2 . 2 - REGIONAL SETTING
120
5 . 2 . 2 . 3 - LOCATIONAL SETTING
121
5 . 2 . 2 . 4 - LAND AREA
121
5 . 2 . 2 . 5 - GEOPOLITICAL COMPOSITION
122
5 . 2 . 3 - GOVERNMENT
122
5 . 2 . 3 . 1 - LOCAL GOVERNMENT
122
5 . 2 . 3 . 1 . 1 - COAT OF ARMS
124
5 . 2 . 3 . 3 - DISTRICTS
124
5 . 2 . 3 . 3 . 1 - ADMINISTRATIVE
124
5 . 2 . 3 . 3 . 2 - LEGISLATIVE
125
5 . 2 . 3 . 4 - NATIONAL GOVERNMENT
126
5 . 2 . 4 - LAND USE
126
5 . 2 . 5 - EDUCATION
126
5 . 2 . 6 - HEALTH
126
5 . 2 . 6 - PEACE AND ORDER
126
5 . 2 . 6 . 1 - POLICE STATIONS AND PERSONNEL
126
5 . 2 . 6 . 2 - FIRE STATIONS AND PERSONNEL
127
5 . 2 . 8 - RECREATION
127
5 . 2 . 9 - PUBLIC ENTERPRISE
127
5 . 2 . 10 - TOURISM
128
5 . 3 - THE MANILA FORUM - CLIENT PROFILE
128
5 . 3 . 1 - THE MANILA INITIATIVE
128
5 . 3 . 1 . 1 - ABOUT US
128
5 . 3 . 1 . 2 - SERVICE AND PASSION
128
5 . 3 . 1 . 3 - PHILOSOPHY
129
5 . 3 . 1 . 4 - MISSION
129
5 . 3 . 1 . 5 - VISION
129
5 . 3 . 1 . 6 - CORE VALUES
130
5 . 3 . 1 . 4 - BRANDING
131
5 . 3 . 2 - CENTER FOR CONTEMPORARY CULTURE
131
5 . 3 . 2 . 1 - STRATEGIC PLAN
131
5 . 3 . 2 . 1 . 1 - AIM
131
5 . 3 . 2 . 1 . 2 - OBJECTIVES
131
5 . 3 . 2 . 1 . 3 - DIRECTION
132
5 . 3 . 2 . 1 . 4 - FOCUS AREAS
133
5 . 3 . 3 - CENTER FOR CIVIC ENGAGEMENT
133
133
5 . 3 . 3 . 1 . 1 - AIM
133
5 . 3 . 3 . 1 . 2 - OBJECTIVES
133
5 . 3 . 3 . 1 . 3 - DIRECTION
134
5 . 3 . 3 . 1 . 4 - CENTER FOR CIVIC ENGAGEMENT
135
5 . 3 . 4 . 1 - SCHEDULE OF EVENTS
136
5 . 3 . 5 - MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
136
5 . 3 . 4 . 1 - ORGANIZATIONAL MANAGEMENT AND HEIRARCHY
137
5 . 3 . 4 . 2 - ORGANIZATIONAL HEIRARCHY
138
5 . 3 . 4 . 3 - FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
138
5 . 3 . 4 . 4 - TRANSPARENCY
139
5 . 4 - THE MANILA FORUM - USER PROFILE
139
5 . 4 . 1 - PRIMARY USERS
139
5 . 4 . 2 - SECONDARY USERS
139
5 . 4 . 2 - TERTIARY USERS
140
CHAPTER VI : TECHNICAL DESIGN DATA
140
6 . 1 - RESEARCH METHODOLOGY DATA
140
6 . 1 . 1 - ARCHIVAL MATERIALS
140
6 . 1 . 1 . 1 - PLACEMAKING AND THE FUTURE OF CITIES
142
6 . 1 . 1 . 2 - THE POWER OF TEN
143
6 . 1 . 1 . 3 - RESPONSIVE ENVIRONMENTS
146
6 . 1 . 1 . 4 - STREETS AS PLACES
149
6 . 1 . 2 - DESCRIPTIVE
149
6 . 1 . 2 . 1 - INTERVIEWS
CHAPTER VI - TECHNICAL DESIGN DATA PRESENTATION

149
6 . 1 . 2 . 1 . 1 - ARCHITECT JOSE SIAO LING, FUAP
150
6 . 1 . 2 . 1 . 2 - ARCHITECT CHONA PONCE, FUAP
151
6 . 1 . 2 . 1 . 3 - ARCHITECT GENE LAMBERT GIRON
152
6 . 2 . 1 - ZONING CODES
152
6 . 2 . 1 . 1 - PERMITTED USES
152
6 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 1 - BY VARIANCE AND SPECIAL USE PERMIT
153
6 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 2 - ACCESSORY STRUCTURES
154
6 . 2 . 2 - SITE PLAN REVIEW AND OTHER LOCAL REQUIREMENTS
154
6 . 2 . 2 . 1 - LOT REQUIREMENTS
154
6 . 2 . 2 . 1 . 1 - SIZE
155
6 . 2 . 2 . 1 . 2 - CONFIGURATION
157
6 . 2 . 3 - THE NATIONAL BUILDING CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES
157
6 . 2 . 3 . 1 - RULE V - REQUIREMENTS OF FIRE ZONES
158
6 . 2 . 3 . 2 - RULE VI - FIRE RESISTIVE REQUIREMENTS
159
6 . 2 . 3 . 3 - RULE VII - CLASSIFICATION BY BUILDING USE
159
6 . 2 . 3 . 3 . 1 - BUILDING USE AND OCCUPANCY
159
6 . 2 . 3 . 3 . 1 . 1 - GROUP C - EDUCATION AND RECREATION
160
6 . 2 . 3 . 3 . 1 . 2 - GROUP E - BUSINESS AND MERCANTILE
161
6 . 2 . 3 . 3 . 1 . 3 - GROUP H - ASSEMBLY LESS THAN 1000
162
6 . 2 . 3 . 3 . 1 . 4 - GROUP J - ACCESSORY
163
6 . 2 . 3 . 3 . 1 - PARKING AREA REQUIREMENTS
164
6 . 2 . 3 . 4 - RULE VIII - LIGHT AND VENTILATION
164
6 . 2 . 3 . 4 . 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ON LIGHT AND VENTILATION
165
6 . 2 . 3 . 5 - RULE IX - SANITATION
165
6 . 2 . 3 . 5 . 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ON SANITATION
165
6 . 2 . 3 . 6 - RULE X - BUILDING PROJECTION OVER PUBLIC STREETS
165
6 . 2 . 3 . 6 . 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
166
6 . 2 . 4 - THE NATIONAL FIRE CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES
166
6 . 2 . 4 . 1 - FIRE SAFETY IN BUILDINGS, STRUCTURES, AND FACILITIES
166
168
6 . 2 . 5 - THE ACCESSIBILITY LAW OF THE PHILIPPINES
169
6 . 2 . 6 - MANILA CITY ORDINANCE NO. 8119
170
6 . 3 - COMPREHENSIVE LAND USE PROGRAM
170
6 . 3 . 1 - ANALYSIS
170
6 . 3 . 1 . 1 - MANILA TODAY
171
6 . 3 . 1 . 2 - DEVELOPMENT TRENDS AND URBAN ISSUES
174
6 . 3 . 2 - SWOT ANALYSIS
174
6 . 3 . 2 . 1 - STRENGTHS
175
6 . 3 . 2 . 2 - WEAKNESSES
175
6 . 3 . 2 . 3 - OPPORTUNITIES
175
6 . 3 . 2 . 4 - THREATS
176
6 . 3 . 3 - STRATEGIC PLANNING
176
6 . 3 . 3 . 1 - PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS
176
6 . 3 . 3 . 1 . 1 - EMERGING ISSUES AND CONCERNS
176
6 . 3 . 3 . 1 . 2 - GOALS
176
6 . 3 . 3 . 1 . 3 - OBJECTIVES
177
6 . 3 . 3 . 1 . 4 - PLANS AND PROGRAMS
180
6 . 3 . 3 . 2 - SOCIAL CHARACTERISTICS
180
180
6 . 3 . 3 . 2 . 2 - GOALS
180
6 . 3 . 3 . 2 . 3 - OBJECTIVES
180
182
6 . 3 . 3 . 3 - SOCIAL WELFARE
182
182
6 . 3 . 3 . 3 . 2 - GOALS
183
6 . 3 . 3 . 3 . 3 - OBJECTIVES
184
187
6 . 3 . 3 . 4 - PROTECTIVE SERVICES
187
187
6 . 3 . 3 . 4 . 2 - GOALS
187
6 . 3 . 3 . 4 . 3 - OBJECTIVES
188
190
6 . 3 . 3 . 5 - RECREATION
190
190
6 . 3 . 3 . 5 . 2 - GOALS
190
6 . 3 . 3 . 5 . 3 - OBJECTIVES
190
192
6 . 3 . 3 . 6 - UTILITIES AND CHARACTERISTICS
192
192
6 . 3 . 3 . 6 . 2 - GOALS
192
6 . 3 . 3 . 6 . 3 - OBJECTIVES
192
193
6 . 3 . 3 . 7 - TRANSPORT
193
193
6 . 3 . 3 . 7 . 2 - GOALS
193
6 . 3 . 3 . 7 . 3 - OBJECTIVES
194
196
6 . 3 . 3 . 8 - FLOOD CONTROL
196
196
6 . 3 . 3 . 8 . 2 - GOALS
196
6 . 3 . 3 . 8 . 3 - OBJECTIVES
196
199
6 . 3 . 3 . 9 - ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CHARACTERISTICS
199
199
6 . 3 . 3 . 9 . 2 - GOALS
199
6 . 3 . 3 . 9 . 3 - OBJECTIVES
200
6 . 3 . 3 . 9 . 4 - PLANS ANG PROGRAMS
201
6 . 3 . 3 . 10 - WATER QUALITY
201
201
6 . 3 . 3 . 10 . 2 - GOALS
201
6 . 3 . 3 . 10 . 3 - OBJECTIVES
201
203
6 . 3 . 3 . 11 - AIR QUALITY
203
203
6 . 3 . 3 . 11 . 2 - GOALS
203
6 . 3 . 3 . 11 . 3 - OBJECTIVES
203
204
6 . 3 . 3 . 12 - SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT
204
204
6 . 3 . 3 . 12 . 2 - GOALS
204
6 . 3 . 3 . 12 . 3 - OBJECTIVES
204
205
6 . 3 . 3 . 13 - URBAN ENVIRONMENT
205
205
6 . 3 . 3 . 13 . 2 - GOALS
205
6 . 3 . 3 . 13 . 3 - OBJECTIVES
205
206
6 . 3 . 3 . 14 - LOCAL ADMINISTRATION
206
206
6 . 3 . 3 . 14 . 2 - GOALS
206
6 . 3 . 3 . 14 . 3 - OBJECTIVES
207
208
6 . 3 . 4 - LAND USE PLAN
208
6 . 3 . 4 . 1 - THE CONCEPT
209
6 . 3 . 4 . 2 - DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY
210
6 . 3 . 4 . 3 - THE MAIN THEME: MULTI-CENTERED/MULTI-CORE
212
6 . 3 . 4 . 4 - THE URBAN CORE
215
6 . 3 . 4 . 5 - LAND USE
216
6 . 3 . 5 - MCLUPZO PLAN HI-LIGHTS
216
6 . 3 . 5 . 1 - CITY BEAUTIFUL MOVEMENT
219
6 . 3 . 5 . 2 - PROMOTION OF MIX OF USES
224
6 . 3 . 5 . 3 - URBAN RENEWAL MOBILIZATION
225
6 . 3 . 5 . 4 - SAFESCAPE IMPLEMENTATION
226
6 . 3 . 5 . 5 - MANAGEMENT OF MAINTENANCE OF CITY GROWTH
228
6 . 4 - MANILA MAYORS OFFICE - TEN POINT AGENDA
228
228
6 . 4 . 2 - HEALTH
228
6 . 4 . 3 - HOUSING
228
6 . 4 . 4 - TRANSPORTATION AND TRAFFIC
228
6 . 4 . 5 - CLEANLINESS
229
229
6 . 4 . 7 - SPORTS
229
6 . 4 . 8 - GOVERNANCE
229
6 . 4 . 9 - TRANSPARENCY
229
6 . 4 . 10 - PEOPLE PARTICIPATION
230
6 . 5 - HAZARD RISK MAPS
230
6 . 5 . 1 - EARTHQUAKE-INDUCED LANDSLIDE
231
6 . 5 . 2 - FLOODING
232
6 . 5 . 3 - GROUND RUPTURE
233
6 . 5 . 4 - GROUND SHAKING
234
6 . 5 . 5 - LIQUEFACTION
235
6 . 5 . 6 - RAIN-INDUCED LANDSLIDE
236
6 . 5 . 7 - STORM SURGE
237
6 . 5 . 8 - TSUNAMI
238
CHAPTER VII : DESIGN FOCUS
238
7 . 1 - SITE PLANNING AND DESIGN
238
7 . 1 . 1 - PLACEMAKING AND NEW URBANISM
239
7 . 1 . 1 - ENVIRONMENTAL SUSTAINABILITY
240
7 . 1 . 3 - WATERFRONT PLANNING
240
7 . 1 . 3 . 1 - WATER QUALITY AND CONSERVATION
240
7 . 1 . 3 . 2 - WATERWAYS
241
7 . 2 - ARCHITECTURE
241
7 . 2 . 1 - RESPONSIVE AND LIVING ARCHITECTURE
CHAPTER VII - DESIGN FOCUS

242
7 . 2 . 1 . 4 - KINETIC ARCHITECTURE
243
7 . 2 . 1 . 1 - THERMOBIOMETALS
244
7 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 2 - GLASS PANEL SHUTTER SYSTEM
245
7 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 2 - BLOOM
246
7 . 2 . 1 . 2 - ARMOURED CLOSET
247
7 . 2 . 1 . 3 - ECOVATIVE
247
7 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 1 - GROW IT YOURSELF MUSHROOM MATERIALS
248
7 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 2 - STRUCTURAL BIOCOMPOSITES
249
7 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 3 - SUSTAINABLE INSULATION
252
7 . 2 . 1 . 5 - PURETI: TITANIUM NANOPARTICLES
255
7 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 1 - POLLUTION CONTROL
255
7 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 2 - SELF-CLEANING
255
7 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 3 - ODOR ELIMINATION
256
7 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 4 - INDOOR AIR QUALITY IMPROVEMENT
256
7 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 5 - SELF-CLEANING
256
7 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 6 - COST EFFICIENCY
257
7 . 2 . 2 - ALTERNATIVE AND PRODUCTIVE ENERGY
257
7 . 2 . 2 . 1 - ENERGY FROM POLLUTION
258
7 . 2 . 2 . 2 - PIEZOELECTRIC ENERGY
259
7 . 3 - STRUCTURAL
259
7 . 3 . 1 - DIAGRID STRUCTURAL SYSTEM
260
7 . 3 . 1 - THERMOBIOMETAL STRUCTURAL SYSTEM
261
7 . 4 - CASE STUDIES
261
7 . 4 . 1 - FOREIGN LITERATURE
261
7 . 4 . 1 . 1 - LONDON CITY HALL
263
7 . 4 . 1 . 1 . 1 - DEMOCRATIC CRITERIA
264
7 . 4 . 1 . 1 . 2 - ENVIRONMENTAL CRITERIA
264
7 . 4 . 1 . 1 . 2 . 1 - POSITION
264
7 . 4 . 1 . 1 . 2 . 2 - FORM
264
7 . 4 . 1 . 1 . 2 . 3 - ENVELOPE
265
7 . 4 . 1 . 1 . 2 . 4 - VENTILATION
265
7 . 4 . 1 . 1 . 2 . 5 - HEATING AND COOLING
266
7 . 4 . 1 . 1 . 3 - PERFORMANCE CHECK
266
7 . 4 . 1 . 1 . 4 - RETROFITTING
267
7 . 4 . 1 . 2 - SYDNEY OPERA HOUSE
270
7 . 4 . 1 . 3 - GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM BILBAO
274
7 . 4 . 1 . 4 - DEE AND CHARLES WYLY THEATRE
277
7 . 4 . 2 - LOCAL LITERATURE
277
7 . 4 . 2 . 1 - CULTURAL CENTER OF THE PHILIPPINES
280
7 . 4 . 2 . 2 - MANILA CENTRAL POST OFFICE
282
CHAPTER VIII : SPATIAL ANALYSIS AND PROGRAMMING
282
8 . 1 - IDENTIFICATION AND LIST OF SPATIAL REQUIREMENTS
283
8 . 1 . 1 - MANILA FORUM
283
8 . 1 . 1 . 1 - THE MANILA FORUM PLAZA
283
8 . 1 . 1 . 2 - MANILA EXCHANGE
283
8 . 1 . 1 . 3 - COMMERCIAL SPACES
284
8 . 1 . 2 - MANILA CIVIC
284
8 . 1 . 2 . 1 - EXHIBITION AND LECTURE SPACES
284
8 . 1 . 2 . 2 - SOCIAL SERVICES SPACES
CHAPTER VIII - SPATIAL ANALYSIS AND PROGRAMMING

284
8 . 1 . 2 . 3 - MANILA CIVIC GALLERY AND EXHIBIT
285
8 . 1 . 3 - MANILA CULTURE
285
8 . 1 . 3 . 1 - BLACK BOX MANILA
285
8 . 1 . 3 . 2 - EXHIBITION/OPEN SPACES
286
8 . 1 . 3 . 3 - AUDITORIUM
286
8 . 1 . 3 . 4 - CINEMA
286
8 . 1 . 3 . 5 - MUSIC SPECIFIC SPACES
286
8 . 1 . 3 . 6 - PERFORMANCE SPECIFIC SPACES
286
8 . 1 . 3 . 7 - VISUAL AND MULTI-MEDIA SPECIFIC
286
8 . 1 . 3 . 8 - EXPERIENCE MANILA GALLERY AND EXHIBIT
287
8 . 1 . 4 - ADMINISTRATION
287
8 . 1 . 4 . 1 - OFFICE OF THE EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
287
8 . 1 . 4 . 2 - CULTURAL AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT
288
8 . 1 . 4 . 3 - CIVIC AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT
288
8 . 1 . 4 . 4 - ADMINISTRATIVE DEPARTMENT
289
8 . 1 . 4 . 5 - FINANCE DEPARTMENT
289
8 . 1 . 4 . 6 - TRANSPARENCY DEPARTMENT
290
8 . 1 . 5 - SERVICE AND SUPPORT FACILITIES
290
8 . 1 . 5 . 1 - BUILDING DEVELOPMENT, MAINTENANCE, AND LOGISTICS
290
8 . 1 . 5 . 2 - EQUIPMENT AND STORAGE AREAS
290
8 . 1 . 5 . 3 - ELECTRICAL ROOM
290
8 . 1 . 5 . 4 - MANIFOLD ROOM
290
8 . 1 . 5 . 5 - WATER/PUMP ROOM
290
8 . 1 . 5 . 6 - FIRE PROVISION AND ACCESSIBILITY
290
8 . 1 . 5 . 7 - WASTE DISPOSAL AREA
291
8 . 1 . 6 - PARKING FACILITIES
291
8 . 1 . 6 . 1 - LOADING AND UNLOADING AREA
291
8 . 1 . 6 . 1 . 1 - PUV DROP OFF
291
8 . 1 . 6 . 1 . 2 - PRIVATE VEHICLE DROP OFF
291
8 . 1 . 6 . 2 - PARKING AREA
292
8 . 2 - SPACE PROGRAMMING
304
8 . 3 - SUMMARY OF AREAS
306
8 . 4 - MATRIX DIAGRAM
307
8 . 5 - BUBBLE DIAGRAM
CHAPTER IX - CONCEPTUAL ANALYSIS

313
CHAPTER IX : CONCEPTUAL ANALYSIS
313
9 . 1 - PHILOSOPHY
313
9 . 2 - CONCEPT
314
9 . 2 . 1 - ARCHITECTURAL CONCEPT
314
9 . 3 - DESIGN OBJECTIVES
315
9 . 4 - DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
CHAPTER X - ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN SOLUTION

316
CHAPTER X : ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN SOLUTION
316
10 . 1 . MASTERPLAN DEVELOPMENT
APPENDIX
GLOSSARY
REFERENCES
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C O N T E M P O R A R Y
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
CHAPTER I : INTRODUCTION

Nick Joaquin explicably stated that the identity of a Filipino today is a person
asking what his identity is. And it is arguable but without a doubt, that this statement
has been inevitably uncontested ever since. The undertaking in defining identity and
its contemporaries in consensual acceptance would be possible, albeit disobliging and
bewildering. Identity consists of more than just a banal composition of letters written
on ink, or an affinity based on something else. Identity initiates us to a fortified sense
of humanity, a sense of existence that bonds us to this unified actuality that is culture.

Culture in the most comprehensive of all its definitions, it is a collective system
of spiritual, material, intellectual and emotional assets that characterize a social group
and which includes creative expression, community practices, and materials or built
forms such as sites, buildings, historic city centers, landscape, art, and various associated
objects. This system functions to improve the adaptation of members of the culture to
a particular ecology, and it includes the knowledge that people need to have in order to
function effectively in their social environment.
A comprehensive understanding of cultural and civic pride and its role in our
social and economic environment is necessary for any nation to progress. In this age
of behavior where mass identity is associated with fortitude and understanding rather
than a political agenda, culture and heritage are the basis for which this school of
thought is founded upon. This will serve as a major resource for directing ourselves to
a progressive society.
But the orientation to which the Filipino nation unintendedly directs itself renders
the importance of culture and identity irrelevant and a nuisance to the contemporary
lifestyle. Conceivably the unprecedented result of uncontrolled globalization that
created a discernment that threatens not only our perception towards ourselves but to
our ethnos as well.
1. State of the worlds indigenous peoples. (2009). New York: United Nations.
2. Triandis, H. C., & Nassiakou, M. (1968).Three cross-cultural studies of subjective culture; by Harry C. Triandis, Vasso Vassiliou and Maria Nassiakou. Washington:
American Psychological Assn..
CHAPTER 1
1
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
The ethnosphere is humanitys great legacy. It is the product of our dreams, the
embodiment of our hopes, the symbol of all that we are and all that we have created as a
wildly inquisitive and astonishingly adaptive species. and the problem isnt change. All
cultures through time have constantly been engaged in a dance with new possibilities
of life. And the problem is also not technology itself. The Sioux-Indians did not
stop being indians when they gave up the bow and arrow any more than an American
stopped being an American when he gave up the horse and buggy. It is neither change
nor technology that threatens the integrity of our ethnosphere. It is power, the crude
face of domination. Wherever you look around the world you discover that culture is
not destined to fade away; culture is being driven out of existence by identifiable forces
that are up until the trigger of self-awareness, are beyond the capacity to adapt to.
As Margaret Mead once said, My greatest fear is that as we drift towards
this blandly amorphous generic world view, not only would we see the entire range of
human imagination reduced into a mere narrow modality of thought, but that we would
wake from a dream one day having forgotten there were even other possibilities

The dawn of the importance of democratic, civic and cultural identity threatens
the very foundations of the Filipino society. Culture, along with its people, will
eventually deteriorate and all its aspects will be of no importance. Our nations existence
will be nothing more than just a vapid composition of bureaucratic structures directed
only towards profit that will undoubtedly fail to justify democracy and service to its
people.
3. Davis, W., Harrison, K. D., & Howell, C. H. (2007). Book of peoples of the world: a guide to cultures (Rev. ed.). Washington, D.C.: National Geographic.
CHAPTER 1
2
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
1 . 1 - BACKGROUND AND NATURE OF THE PROJECT

1 . 1 . 1 - CULTURAL EXISTENCE

Nowadays, culture is a mere tool for commercialization and consumerism
for private companies to indulge upon and make use for their businesses. And this
phenomenon slowly disintegrated the importance of civic and cultural structures. If
asked to define a place where people would gather and get a taste of culture, Arguably,
malls would be on top of the lists, not The Cultural Center Of The Philippines, PICC,
Folk Arts Theatre, Various places of worship, The National Museum, Intramuros, City
Hall, The Metropolitan Theatre, And a lot more structures that are not only of historical
significance, but showcased the very best of our historic cultural identity by the mere
fact that it exists. Malls have replaced these structures that helped define the people of
their existence in this state. If we do not act now, it will not be long when our culture
itself is replaced with only the ideals of consumerism.

Elements of progress and development are essential to a nations survival and
existence, but so are culture, identity, and heritage. Change is inevitable, but this does
not mean that the significance of the agony, desolation, triumphs and victories of the
past are no longer vital and significant.

Culture shapes us so we pay more attention to individuals and to the internal
process of the individuals. Should we let our culture be diminished, not only will we
lose our collective identity, but our individuality as well. Let it be proved that the pain
that Manila has gone through can be impossible to bear, but the redemptive spirit of the
people is something to behold.
CHAPTER 1
3
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
1 . 1 . 2 - CIVIC ENGAGEMENT

The Filipino people are no longer oblivious to the process of democratic
sovereignty. Considered to already be a part of our culture, civic engagement is a

very important factor in the Filipino lifestyle. Numerous instances can be cited
wherein civic engagement is the moving force in Philippine sovereign democracy; The
Aguinaldo Shrine stood in testament claimed our independence from our colonizers,
Plaza Miranda witnessed the heinous crimes of a dictatorship that eventually led to one
of the most valuable demonstration of democratic sovereignty that took place in EDSA
Shrine, And once again after that.

May it be coincidental or not, architecture plays a vital role in showcasing these
great moments of the peoples power. More so, it can be argued that civic architecture
is highly significant in the embodiment of the Filipino spirit and identity.

In context, Philippine history can almost be seen as a primer on overthrowing
non-democratic, corrupt, and dictatorial regimes. This idea may as well be reflected
on its people, recognizing that the nation is more efficient when it works together.
Community engagement is a part of our nations culture and identity. But even if our
societys ideals revolve around democracy and sovereignty, it will take more than just
the ousting of those in the highest seats of power to correct the mistakes of the past and
direct the nation towards progress and absolute democracy.
CHAPTER 1
4
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
1 . 1 . 3 - METROPOLITAN MANILA

Perhaps there is no city more familiar with diversity than Manila. A result
of an unprecedented blend of numerous cultures and heritages, the 3,855 hectares of

land that is Manila is more than just the capital city of our nation. Home to at least
1,652,171 people of different voices, beliefs, races, religion, and background; Manila
has become more than just a piece of soil; it is a piece of our soul. Having been
witnesses and participants to unforgettable adversities and memorable triumphs, Manila
has incontestably been a part (and still is) of myriad events that shaped and formed the
Philippines. Relics that are of unique cultural significance in forms of architectural and
cultural heritage can be found throughout Manila up until today.

A cultural turn is taking place in which cities are being repositioned in the
marketplace, where culture is being used as the primary force for a progressive economy.
Culture, represents the ideas and practice, sites and symbols, of what has been called
the symbolic economy. I.e. created from cultural activities, including art, music, dance
crafts, museums, exhibitions, sports, and creative design in various fields.
In terms of local economic development, Manila is certainly a work in progress.
But the potential for Manila to be a cultural tourist economy is a very plausible scenario.
A progressive urban setting that is stable for a cultural economy exemplifies the best
model for Manilas improvement. It utilizes the unique aspects of the citys identity to
create a competitive advantage amongst its peers. In this way, Manila would be able to
protect its rich cultural heritage and take advantage of it for its own development.
4. Fernandes, C. (2011). Cultural Planning And Creative Tourism In An Emerging Tourist Destination. International Journal of Management Cases, 13(3), 629-636
CHAPTER 1
5
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
1 . 1 . 4 - PROGRESSIVE URBANISM

The existence of Manila creates a paradox wherein the more it adapts and
evolves, the more it becomes itself. Manila is slowly succeeding the questionable age
of globalization (where identity is defined through citizenship and state alliance) to the
more progressive age of behavior wherein it is trans-local ideas and narratives affecting
culture, civility, and behavior that identity is associated to.

Questionable as it may be, it is established that the identity of the Manileno
would be incomplete without giving importance to civic engagement and cultural pride.
With the existence of a diverse background of multi-culturalism and the existence of
historical significance like no other, there would not be any reason why the city of
Manila will not take pride for itself.

With this unparalleled mixture of culture, art, pride, history and community, one
cannot help but think that this would result in a societal clash that would slowly destroy
and disintegrate the city. But Manila, is an exciting paradigm wherein this blend is
being utilized in order to create a distinct locality that so much so, creates a strong
foundation for progressive urbanism.
CHAPTER 1
6
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
1 . 2 - STATEMENT OF THE PROBLEM

Supposedly one of the most progressive city of the Philippines, Manila does
not have venues wherein the contemporary art forms and performances of the typical
Manileno can be showcased, appreciated, and advocated for. It would be illogical to
disregard the culture of the majority of the people simply because of their financial
statues. We only have centers wherein only the pieces of culture of the upper class
are put into the limelight; we do not have such venues to experience the contemporary
forms of expression of the majority the people.

There is no doubt that Manila has all the resources needed in overcoming the
challenges that are present and seizing the opportunities it has to become a world
class city, but the city needs more action and aggression in terms of civic engagement,
urban development, and cultural uplifting. We need a venue to justify and engage the
importance of civic engagement for Manila as the first step in overhauling itself to be
the top-tier city that it truly is.

There seems to be a dissonance in discerning the Manila pride; it lacks realization.
The pride for urban, cultural and civic identity has only been residing in the intangible
state. Though there are concretized monuments of historical and societal significance,
the aggression needed in solving the problems that surround them are almost close to
being non-existent. In order to deeply advocate for the great city that is Manila, we
need a venue to know what Manila is; to discern the absolute identity of Manila; from
its rich and diverse history to its progressive and idealistic future.
CHAPTER 1
7
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
1 . 3 - PROJECT OBJECTIVES

1. To provide a center that would showcase and advocate for the tangible and

2. To instill greater pride and glory for Manila by creating a venue to showcase

3. To create a structure wherein the prime focus is to address the needs of the
community in order to advocate for community development, transparency, and trust

between the people and government of Manila.

4. To create a center that would contribute to the reconstitution of our civic and
cultural identity and pride by providing spaces for urban development and community
engagement while improving the status-quo, inter and intra-cultural dialogue of the
community and respecting other cultures ,deepening mutual understanding and solidarity
amongst various organizations, institutions, and entities that create the Manila.
CHAPTER 1
8
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
1 . 4 - SIGNIFICANCE OF THE PROJECT

One cannot build a bridge to another culture unless one has first sunk a caisson
deeply and securely into ones own native soil. If others do the same, then there can be
solid bridges of understanding. Creativity will be stimulated in new and unexpected
ways. Our sense of identity doesnt necessarily have to be just one thing only. Our
identity is a part of this trans-national movement of a floating tribe of a mixture of
cultures. The more we evolve, adapt, add and subtract the more we become ourselves.

With this comes the seeking of solution and fusion of complexity and diversity
within an ordered framework achieving a dynamic balance with aim of reflecting the
richness of pluralistic world. There should be an articulation and integration of the
public and private nature of our work to develop an effective conception of coherency
(order) as a necessary social condition. There should also be development of methods
of supporting and contributing to idiosyncrasy, comprehending and utilizing the
complexity of everyday experience. Lastly, there should be an interpretation of our
time authentically.

The essence of development as human being is in developing the capacity for
ever more complex experience. The recognition of diversity is the natural evolution of
things. Coexistence between willful architectural elements and augmented landscape
expresses states of both harmony and tension. City is impasto of forms made by
successive waves of habitation.
Cultural and civic identity, now represents ideas and practices, sights and
symbols, of what have been called the symbolic economy created from cultural activities,
including art, music, dance, crafts, museums, exhibitions, sports, and creative design
in various fields. The focus of many development strategies has therefore shifted from
the industrial industries to the cultural and creative industries. The growing importance
of the creative sector is also a result of the experience economy, where competition
based on producing goods or services has been replace by competition to produce civic
and cultural experiences.
5. Mayne, T. (1992). Morphosis: connected isolation. London: Academy Editions .

6. Ibid
7. Fernandes, C. (2011). Cultural Planning And Creative Tourism In An Emerging Tourist Destination. International Journal of Management Cases, 13(3), 629-636
CHAPTER 1
9
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
Cultural and civic centers are considered to be an extension of the community.
When they function effectively, they serve as a platform for our public lives. If they
function in their true civic role, they can be the settings where celebrations are held,
where social and economic exchanges take place, and where cultural dialogues are
spoken and fortified. These are spaces wherein the community and the government
interact. When cities and neighborhoods have thriving civic spaces, residents have a
strong sense of community; equally, when such spaces are lacking, people may feel
less connected to each other. Great civic spaces are really great public places. They are
recognized and valued in their cities as places with their own distinct locality that relate
to and nurture the city and bring the community together.

Cultural and civic centers offer free, open forums for people to encounter art, to
enjoy performances, and to participate in various civic and cultural activities. Centers
that cater to community collaboration and development foster and enhance a citys
cultural life. Public spaces are also great places and have many real and measurable
economic benefits. For example, parks can contribute significantly to the land values
in a city. Community places are just as important to the identity of cities as their
more famous counterparts, because they are where the people who live and work in
a community experience their localities and each other. These special places instill a
mutual sense of pride and ownership among diverse groups.

We need cultural and civic structures in order to advocate for these aspects.
More so, cultural and civic institutions such as parks, libraries, city halls, and various
civic and cultural facilities are the foundations of a civil society and the cornerstones of
democracy. Thus, by providing these types of structures, not only are we able to take
pride in our identity, but we are able to cultivate community engagement and define a
communitys individuality by instilling a greater sense of pride; uplifting their lives,
and nurture numerous and significant interaction between citizens, provide comfort in
public spaces and encourage an increasingly diverse population to use them.
CHAPTER 1
10
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
1 . 5 - SCOPE AND LIMITATION OF THE PROJECT

The project will include the redevelopment of the immediate site context and
the design of the center. The redevelopment of the site will include the conversion of
underutilized hardscape and landscape into a walkable interactive park that can cater
towards various events.

The design of the center will include venues for cultural and civic engagement,
Performance and exhibition spaces to showcase various contemporary cultural art

forms, Multi-purpose rooms for various civic and cultural needs, Open & Public spaces
for social interaction and community development, Transportation Hubs, and offices
necessary for the administration and management of the center.

The center will contain spaces to showcase the totality of the contemporary
urban Manila; from its history to its future. This will also include spaces to showcase
the development and progressive plans for the cultural urban city that is Manila.

The center will also act as a tourist information and visitor center and thus, spaces
in order to accommodate these functions will also be provided along with Interactive
spaces that showcase Manilas cultural heritage, history, and progressive plans for the
future. Provisionary and permanent spaces that are essential for the existence, efficiency
and sustainability of the center will also be provided.
CHAPTER 1
11
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
CHAPTER II : REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE

2 . 1 - FOREIGN LITERATURE
2 . 1 . 1 - CULTURAL IDENTITY AND CULTURAL TOURISM

In the 2012 issue of the Singidunum journal of applied sciences, Natasa
Urosevic's argued on her paper on cultural identity and cultural tourism about the
significance of cultural identity. She said, "In the context of our economy today, cultural
tourism has an important role in communicating integral values of cultural diversity
and preservation of cultural heritage. A strong sense of cultural identity is a foundation
for a sustainable cultural tourism economy."

It is agreeable that the fact that she stated that a sustainable model of cultural
tourism is an economy which cares for the culture it consumes while culturing the
consumer. And without a capital of cultural identity, not only will the local community
disintegrate but the potential for the city to be an economic prowess as well. A strong
delineation and advocacy for cultural identity can be a capital for a sustainable cultural
economic development.
2 . 1 . 2 - CONNECTED ISOLATION

Thom Mayne, in his book Morpohosis, stated that "The steadily gowing polarity
between the increasingly unwieldy public sphere and the ever narrowing private sphere
raises questions about the fundamental fitness of groups versus individuals. The
physical manifestation of these destabilizing forces is that our contemporary cities are
no longer identifiable as entities. A coherency of place is lost as is the perceptibility of
an edge or boundary."

Cities are becoming less active in terms of civic need and only provide for the
private sector. The role of the government in cities are no longer for the civilian and the
public spehere but for corporations that provide only for their own private needs. To
embrace progress, and to recognize that cities are for people and not private businesses.
CHAPTER 2
12
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
2 . 1 . 3 - NEW NATURES

Stan Allens book "Points + Lines: Diagrams and Projects for the city", claimed
that the false consensus of the acceptance of artificial landscapes over natural landscapes
are the reason why advocacies for sustainable cities are unsuccessful. He further
indicated that At a time when the line between the artificial and natural is increasingly
blurred by developments in genetic engineering and changing biological paradigms, it
is possible to rethink the strict division of natural and artificial in landscape.

Cities are now becoming a compilation of concrete monoliths that disregard the
fact that should these environments continues to be the way they are, the potential of a
city to contain an efficient lifestyle would be of no importance. He further argued that
it should be remembered that cities are built out of human greed and not necessity. And
that they are only artificial landscapes and new natures unconducive for living.
2 . 1 . 4 - ARCHITECTURE AND THE CITY

Winny Maas argued in his book "Metacity Datatown" that another perspective
in solving the problems of urban decay is through data and statistics. He believed that
instead of looking at the physical problems, why don't we solve it from the statistical
point of view? On the topic of cities, He said, "...Initially, one can describe its vastness
and explore its contents perhaps only by numbers or data. By selecting or connecting
data according to hypothetical prescriptions, a world of numbers turns into diagrams.
These diagrams work as emblems for operations, agendas, and tasks.

With this perspective, problems and scenarios of the city are offered in a non-
subjective and non-biased perspective. This procedure might be able to pin point
problems that are not entirely visible but highly connected and of vital importance.
CHAPTER 2
13
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
2 . 1 . 5 - S, M, L, XL.

In the book "S, M, L, XL", Rem Koolhaas explores the theories lacking in
architectural thought. He examines the phenomenon of the everyday life and then
assesses its cohesion with architecture. He argued that a theory of bigness in architecture
is what we need. Sheer size, or Bigness as Koolhaas refers to it, generates its own logic.
Bigness destroys the very fabric of architectural thought. Architecture was once graced
by form and function but now, architecture is nothing but an open block where its the
interior architecture that matters the most. He further argues that bigness dissolves the
essence of architecture and diverts it into this strictly utilitarian model of living.

Rem Koolhaas said, "The absence of a theory of bigness is architectures most
debilitating weakness. Bigness is ultimate architecture. It seems incredible that the

size of a building alone embodies an ideological program, independent of the will of
its architect. Bigness today is apparently on its way to extinction like the dinosaur
through clumsiness, slowness, inflexibility, and difficulty. But in fact, only it instigates
the regime of complexity that mobilizes the full intelligence of architecture and its
related fields.

With a valid argument by Rem Koolhaas, it would be inevitable to think about
the status of Manilas tabula rasa. Instead of denial of complexity, lack of control,
opposition, contradiction, and bigness, he embraces these conditions and declare them as
the starting point for architecture. He unwillingly created this advocacy for questioning
the role of an architect through new instruments of urbanism and a redefined definition
of architecture itself.
CHAPTER 2
14
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
2 . 2 - LOCAL LITERATURE
2 . 2 . 1 - CITY DESIGN AND THE NATION: PHILIPPINE CIVIC DESIGN

Ian Morley explained in his journal City Designing And Nationhood During
The Early-1900's:Civic Design In The Philippines, the brief history of how our cities
(Mainly Baguio and Manila) came to be and how our society lived by it. He further
argued that the way Manila was designed as a persuasive model as to achieve aesthetic,
cultural, and civil signifiance. In Morley's words, "Burnham/s urban plans were to be
of grear value in helping sweep away the predicaments that had previously blighted the
country, helping forge a pathwayto social, economic, and cultural development never
before seen in the country"

It offeres a concrete understanding of the importance of civic design not only in
the history of Manila, but for it's present and future developments as well.
2 . 2 . 2 - THE SOCIOLOGY OF STREET USE IN MANILA

Hitoshi Ieda and Iderlina Mateo-Babiano postulated that by simply occupying
a space, culture is already born. It captures the emotions, behaviors, and other sociocultural interactions within that space. The authors pursue their examination by stating
that the user behavior in edo and colonial Manila and its historical context of street use
provides potential constructs and concepts that would lead to improving street space.
The authors further expounded that The premise is that due to a similar monsoonbased climate and forest environment origins, even with a contrasting development of
street urban form, there is still an underlying similarity with respect to the use of street
space in both Edo and Manila.

It offers a concrete understanding of the importance of civic design not only in
the history of Manila, but for it's present and future developments as well.
CHAPTER 2
15
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
2 . 2 . 3 - CULTURE INGESTED

Doreen Fernandez on her book Tikim: Essays on Philippine Food and Culture
stipulated that though there are many aspects of a culture, to the Filipino, food is one of
the main factors that contribute to the Filipino cultural identity. She said,
"To be considered Filipino, culinary practices did not need to be Filipino by origin.
Nor did they need to preserve some original or authentic form. Quite the contrary,
Filipino is as Filipino does. The question is not Filipino Food? but how does food
become Filipino. Food becomes Filipino at its destination, whatever its source."

The author argued further that the issue is less about the indigenous forms but
more about the process of indigenization. The statement that the author established
pointed towards a new perspective on cultural identity.
2 . 2 . 4 - THE AGE OF DISCOVERY

Belinda Aquino and Dean Alegado expounded on the issue of the status quo of
the Philippines in their book The Age of Discovery; Impact on Philippine Culture and
Society. The book delineated the effects of historical events to the Filipino people.

The authors stated that "For three centuries, the Filipinos were prisoners and
slaves in their own country, subject to every conceivable kind of exploitation and abuse.
But over the years, the Spanish cruelty and abuses to the natives would be glossed over.
The Spaniards would be credited in the history books as giving the Philippines a sense
of national identity. The term Filipino, which originally referred to Spaniards born in
the Philippines (to distinguish them from those born in Spain, the peninsulares,) was
gradually applied to all people in the country." The transition in which the identity of
the Filipino depended on the social class is clearly reflected in the book. This offers a
new understanding in creating a tangible structure from an intangible concept.
CHAPTER 2
16
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
2 . 2 . 5 - THE SOCIO-CULTURAL SITUATION IN THE PHILIPPINES

Nestor Castro in his paper The Socio-Cultural Situation in the Philippines
explicated on the issue of our cultural and national existence when he stated that
"The Philippines is one of the top regions in the world that is characterized by high
biodiversity. It is diverse in terms of ecosystems, genetic resources, species of flora and
fauna, and culture. Because communities have been separated from one another by sea
and mountain, various ethnicities, languages, and dialects have emerged in different
parts of the country." As a result of the unprecedented mixture of multi-culturalism in
the country, it would be highly probable that conflicts will arise due to various factors
that congregate the scenario.

The situation of the Philippines is not too different from that of other countries
in Southeast Asia. It is confronted by many socio-cultural challenges, such as rapid

population growth, poverty, ethnic and religious conflicts, and other social problems. But
while the economies of neighboring countries in Southeast Asia grew, such as those of
Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Vietnam, and to some extent, Indonesia, the Philippines
continued to experience economic difficulties. These economic problems included the
high incidence of poverty, the unequal distribution of wealth, the diminishing buying
power of the Philippine peso, high cost of commodities, lack of basic services, and the
presence of slum communities in urban centers.
CHAPTER 2
17
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
CHAPTER III : RESEARCH METHODOLOGY

Along with several various processes in building the basic framework of the
project, different methods of research strategies in creating the foundation for this thesis
proposal are also utilized. Research materials are collected and formulated, more so,
the following preliminary research methods and techniques are employed:
3 . 1 - QUALITATIVE RESEARCH

Qualitative research methodologies will be used in order to gather and utilize
in depth information about the topic through observation and recording of data. In line
with this, historical/ cultural research method and descriptive Methods are also to be
used. Through the historical / cultural method, necessary data about the history and
culture of the country, city, district, and site will be gathered which will help in creating
the best solution for the problem.
3 . 1 . 1 ARCHIVAL METHOD

In order to justify the proposed structure, Research on books, online resources,
journals, articles from magazines and archives, and other various resources are to be
utilized in order to attain utmost efficiency in achieving the goal of the proposal.

Through the vast collection of data to be gathered, it is expected that innovative
and efficient approaches in the design of the proposed structure are to be applied both
in architectural research and design.

The data collected would help the researcher in creating a graceful combination
of all these information and translating them into an efficient architectural solution. The
analysis would find possibilities on how architecture can help create a center for diverse
aspects of the development of the local lifestyle, culture and the arts and while aiming
to achieve progress and development for the local as well as the national community.
CHAPTER 3
18
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
3 . 1 . 2 - DESCRIPTIVE METHOD

The descriptive methods technique is to gather information about the existing
conditions through a comprehensive analysis of the site. The gathered information will
also be used in order to collect data about the site, facility, environment and background
of the proposal.

In order to provide further justification for the proposal, the researcher will have
provided photo and video documentation in order to fully comprehend and asses the
situation of the site.
3 . 1 . 2 . 1 - OBSERVATION

The descriptive methods technique is to gather information about the existing
conditions through a comprehensive analysis of the site. The gathered information will
also be used in order to collect data about the site, facility, environment and background
of the proposal.

In order to provide further justification for the proposal, the researcher will have
provided photo and video documentation in order to fully comprehend and asses the
situation of the site.
3 . 1 . 2 . 2 - IN DEPTH INTERVIEWS

Interviews with architectural experts with knowledge and experience in the
fields of community architecture, urban planning and design, cultural and heritage
structures, modern and contemporary architecture, civic and cultural architecture are to
be conducted, collected and analyzed.

Interviews with the different types of users will be conducted to collect
suggestions, and insights that shall be analyzed, incorporated and applied in the project
should it be deemed necessary and vital.
CHAPTER 3
19
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
3 . 1 . 2 . 3 - FOCUS GROUP DISCUSSIONS

A focus group discussion is a form of qualitative research in which a group
of people are asked about their perceptions, opinions, beliefs, and attitudes towards
civic and community engagement, contemporary culture, public and open spaces, and
aoverall cultural and civic identity. Questions are asked in an interactive group setting
where participants are free to talk with other group members.

Focus group discussions amongst various probable stakeholders are asked
about their perceptions, opinions, beliefs, and attitudes towards civic and community
engagement, contemporary culture, public and open spaces, and aoverall cultural and
civic identity.
3 . 1 . 3 - COMPARATIVE METHOD

This method involves the overall aspect of the development, planning and
administration of the proposed architectural typology will be scrutinized and explored

through various case studies concerning the different aspects involved for the project;
Both in the local and international context. It is possible that ocular site visit techniques
to these structures be done in order to further justify the proposal.
CHAPTER 3
24
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
3 . 2 - DATA COLLECTION

Data collection is the process of gathering and measuring information on the
architectural project of interest, in an established systematic fashion that enables one to

answer stated research questions, test hypotheses, and evaluate outcomes.

The data collection component of the architectural research will vary from all
narrative components that are possible. The goal for all data collection is to capture
quality evidence that then translates to rich data analysis and allows the building of a
convincing and credible answer to questions that have been posed on the problem.

Primary sources which can be obtained through interview will be one of the
tools used in data gathering. It is the first hand information from the different sectors
of society (local stakeholders, NGOs, local government unit) which is concerned with
this type of development in the country. Focus group discussions between the different
stakeholders might also be conducted in order to justify the proposal. A concentrated
research on the topics of human behavior, cultural economy and tourism, urban planning
and city design, and development policy will also be done as it is a crucial resource for
the justification and completion of this project.

Secondary sources, on the other hand, will be acquired through books, journals,
published articles and further reliable second-hand sources. The sources can be secured
from different libraries, Government agencies, the internet and others. Moreover,
instruments that will be useful in gathering data for the site are substantial such as
computers, cameras and more.
CHAPTER 3
25
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
CHAPTER IV : SITE PROFILE AND ANALYSIS

4 . 1 - SITE SELECTION

The site plays a vital role in any architectural design process. The criterion set
as basis for site selection is done to determine the best and most feasible of the proposed
sites and the justification of the selected site. The history, socio-economic and physical
profile of the project, site inventory, and other related data is also included.
4 . 1 . 1 - CRITERIA FOR SITE SELECTION

For the proposed center for contemporary culture and civic engagement, the
following criteria for site selection is used in determining the most feasible site:
4 . 1 . 1 . 1 - GENERAL CRITERIA

The general criteria pertain to the requirements of which are deemed important
and applicable for this project. The criterion are considered to be fundamentals of a
good site. The total of 25% for general criteria is alloted in the total scoring points for
the site selection process. The following requirements shall be under the general criteria
and indicated are their specific breakdown points:
ACCESSIBILITY (5%)

The architectural typology of this project would require that the structure be
accessible to all kinds of people. Therefore, the site should be accessible and easily
accessed by different modes of public and private transportation and within close
proximity to other modes of transportation (ferry and train terminals) so as to not create
Traffic congestion and inconvenience to the community. The site must also be easily
Accessed by pedestrians. Provision for utility and service access is also necessary.
LAND USE AND ZONING (5%)

The project must fall within the standards and requirements set by the City
government in their CLUP and zoning ordinances to ensure that the project is appropriate
for the nature and character of its intended environment.
PLACEMAKING AND NEW URBANISM (5%)

It is imperative for the site to be located in a place wherein change and
development in lieu of the principles and ideals of place making and new urbanism can
be applied.
CHAPTER 4
26
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
SUSTAINABILITY & ALTERNATIVE ENERGY (5%)

The prospective site must be able to provide adequate space and resources for
the needs and requirements of architectural and environmental sustainability. Provisions

for producing alternative energy may also be provided by the site or in complementary
to the structures innovations in the production of alternative energy.
ACCESS TO COMPLETE SITE UTILITIES (5%)

It is necessary that the site be in accessible proximity to various utility outlets.
Utilities includes electricity, water and communications. This also minimizes the
expenditure to bring in the utility lines, and extend extra pipes for water and sewage
treatment; also helps facilitate the efficiency of the building, and its maintenance.
4 . 1 . 1 . 2 - SPECIFIC CRITERIA

The following requirements are unique and are most appropriate and applicable
for the proposal shall fall under the specific criteria. These criteria are vital to determine
the feasibility of a particular site with regards to the project as it composes of the 75%
of the total scoring weight of the site selection process.
LOCATION (15%)

The site of the proposed project is of the utmost significance in achieving the
overall goal of this project. The proposed edifice will stand as a landmark for the
development and the future of the urban development of the people,. The structure
will serve as a tangible testament of the democratic sovereignty and the contemporary
culture of the people. As a project that is of civic and cultural significance, it is vital
that the site be situated in the central civic and cultural city of the Philippines; Manila.
SOCIABILITY & ACTIVITY (15%)

The site should possess a sense of community inclusion to the people. It must be
suitable for community and social interaction and must not instill a sense of exclusivity.
The amount of contextual activity of the site must be able to promote and contribute to
the aim of the structure to advocate for community engagement.
CHAPTER 4
27
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
COMFORT AND SAFETY (15%)

The site would be easily accessible and within close proximity to barangay
outposts, police stations, and other forms of government and non-government agencies
handling security. The site must be able to promote passive security by being near
to parks, transportation hubs, actively lit open spaces, and other pedestrian occupied
establishments.
VISIBILITY & VIEW CORRIDOR (15%)

The site will have to be located in a highly visible area as it will promote a sense
of place and identity to the place as well as advocate for civic and cultural engagement.
In order to justify the purpose of the structure, the site must be able to serve as a view
corridor to showcase the historical structures of social and cultural significance of the
city .
MARKETABILITY (15%)

The site should instantly be identifiable and easily accessible for the structure to
be able to passively, actively, and efficiently provide for the needs of its target market;
the people of manila, local, national, and international tourists and other people deemed
necessary and vital in achieving the goal of the site.
CHAPTER 4
28
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T

A brief discussion of the candidate sites for selection are as follows:
4 . 1 . 2 . 1 - SITE A

Site A is located in Ermita, Manila City, District 5-A, Barangay 659-A. Located
on Quezon Boulevard cor. Riverside Drive. The site is where the historical insular ice
plant and cold storage formerly stood on. The site is zoned as a general institutional zone
(INS-G) under Ordinance No.8119. Zoning Ordinance 2006. Site area is approximately
11,247 sq m or 1.12 hectares.
Figure 4-1 . Satellite Imagery of SITE A - Lawton
CHAPTER 4
29
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 1 . 2 . 2 - SITE B

Site B is located in Binondo, Manila City, District 3, Barangay 291. Located
on Palanca Street cor. McArthur Bridge Drive. The site is zoned as a high-intensity
commercial mixed-use zone (C3/MXS) under Ordinace No.8119. Zoning Ordinance
2006. Site area is approximately 4,160 sqm or 0.41 hectares.
Figure 4-2 . Satellite Imagery of SITE B - Binondo
CHAPTER 4
30
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 1 . 2 . 3 - SITE C

Site C is located in Ermita, Manila City, District 5-A, Barangay 660-A. Located
on Taft Avenue cor. Adamson Walkway. The site is zoned as a general institutional
zone (INS-G) under Ordinace No.8119. Zoning Ordinance 2006. Zoning Ordinance
2006. Site area is approximately 13,418 sqm or 1.34 hectares.
Figure 4-3 . Satellite Imagery of SITE C - Taft
CHAPTER 4
31
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 1 . 3 - TABLE FOR SITE SELECTION

The table below is utilized to determine the most feasible site for the project.
Points for each criterion is given based on its allotted %age. Again, the criterion are
classified as General which bears 25% of the total score for a site, and the specific group
which bears the 75% for a total of 100% score. Site with the highest score is the selected
site for the proposed project.
Table 4-1 . Criteria for Site Selection
SITE REQUIREMENTS
GENERAL CRITERIA
CANDIDATE SITES
A
B
C
IDEAL SITE %
LAWTON
BINONDO
TAFT
ACCESSIBILITY
5%
5%
3.5%
4.5%
LAND USE AND ZONING
5%
5%
2.5%
5%
PLACEMAKING & NEW URBANISM
5%
4.5%
3%
2%
SUSTAINABILITY & ALTERNATIVE ENERGY
5%
4%
3%
3%
ACCESS TO COMPLETE SITE UTILITIES
5%
4%
4%
4%
TOTALSPECIFIC
POINTS FOR GENERAL
CRITERIA
CRITERIA
25%
22.5%
16%
18.5%
LOCATION
15%
14%
10%
13.5%
SOCIABILITY & ACTIVITY
15%
13%
8%
13%
COMFORT AND SAFETY
15%
13%
11%
13%
VISIBILITY & VIEW CORRIDOR
15%
15%
10%
13%
MARKETABILITY
15%
14%
10%
13%
TOTAL POINTS FOR SPECIFIC CRITERIA
75%
69%
49%
65.5%
100%
91.5%
65%
84%
TOTAL SCORE
CHAPTER 4
32
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 1 . 4 - SITE SELECTION

The analysis of the site selection process are summarized in the site selection
table. This table served as the basis in order to delineate the most appropriate site for
the proposal. The table yielded the following scores: Site A (Lawton) - 91.5% , Site
B (Binondo) - 65% , Site C (Taft) - 84%. The site with the highest accumulated points
based from the general and specific criteria is Site A (Lawton) with a score of 91.5%
4 . 1 . 4 . 1 - GENERAL CRITERIA SCORING

With the category of accessibility, Site A (Lawton) scored the highest with 5%
as it is easily accessible by private and public vehicles and is in close proximity to

various transportation hubs. Site C (Taft) garnered the next highest score with 4.5% as
it is also easily accessible and near to a transportation terminal but unlike Site A, it does
not have a potential for a ferry terminal to be built.

For land use and zoning, both Site A (Lawton) and Site C (Taft) scored the
highest with 5% as they are both in the General institutional zone (INS-G). Site B
(Binondo) is located in a high-intensity commercial mixed-use zone (C3/MXS) and
thus, it garnered a score of 2.5%.

In order for a building to achieve maximum sustainability, the site must be duly
considered. For the category of placemaking and new urbanism, Site A (Lawton)
garnered the highest score with 4.5%, followed by Site B (Binondo) with 3%, and
then Site C (Taft) with 2%. Site A garnered the highest points as the site is a former
historical brownfield (insular ice plant and cold storage) and the surrounding area has
high potential to be developed in coherence with the surrounding vicinity and structures
(arroceros forest park, metropolitan theatre, post office, etc, etc.). Site be garnered 3%
as it is in close proximity to historical sites such as escolta, quiapo, and china town
but the potential for the redevelopment of the area is limited due to the lack of space.
Site C garnered the lowest score of 2%. Aside from being the site of the former jai alai
building, the site is also controversial in its association with the rizal park. It's potential
for development is also minimal as the context offers a limited space.
CHAPTER 4
33
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
For the criterion of sustainability, all the candidates would have a tie score due
to the fact that it is through the architectural process in which sustainability shall be
applied. But due to the criterion of alternative energy, Site A (Lawton) garnered the
highest score of 4% followed by Site B (Binondo) and Site C (Taft) which both garnered
the score of 3%. Site A garnered the highest score due to the fact that it has the most
categories in which alternative energy can be harvested (Wind, Water, Sun, Sound and
Vibrations).

In terms of accessibility to the complete site utilities, All four received similar
scores (4%), as utilities such as electricity, water, drainage and telecommunications

are readily available, but does need consideration to properly plan the site and service
areas.
CHAPTER 4
34
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 1 . 4 . 2 - SPECIFIC CRITERIA SCORING

The criterion for location dictates that " As a project that is of civic and cultural
significance, it is vital that the site be situated in the central civic and cultural city of
the Philippines; Manila.", thus, Site A (Lawton) garnered the highest score of 14%
followed by Site C (Taft) 13.5% and Site B (Binondo) 10%. Site A gathered the highest
score as its location is of the most historical, cultural, and societal significance.

For Sociability and Activity, Site B (Binondo) garnered a score of 8% while
both Site A (Lawton) and Site C (Taft) garnered a score of 14% as the current status for
both the sites are the most active in terms of sociability and activity.

In terms of Comfort and Safety, Site B (Binondo) garnered a score of 11%.
Though the site is very much familiar and recognizable, the site is in close proximity to
medium to high crime areas. Both Site A (Lawton) and Site C (Taft) garnered a score
of 13% as they are near establishments and institutions which are highly familiar, safe,
and protected.

In order for the candidate to earn points for the criterion of visibility and view
corridor. The site will have to be located in a highly visible area as it will promote a
sense of place and identity. With this, Site A garnered the highest point of 14% as
it is the candidate in closest proximity to historical, cultural, and societal significant
structures and spaces. followed by Site C (Taft) 13.5% and Site B (Binondo) 10%.

The criterion for marketability states that the site should instantly be identifiable
and easily accessible for the structure to be able to passively, actively, and efficiently
provide for the needs of its target market. In lieu with this, Site A (Lawton) garnered
the highest score of 14% followed by Site C (Taft)
CHAPTER 4
35
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 1 . 5 - SITE JUSTIFICATION
Perhaps there is no city more familiar with diversity than manila. A result of an
unprecedented blend of numerous cultures and heritages, Manila is more than just
the capital city of our nation. Home to different voices, beliefs, races, religion, and
background; Manila has become more than just a piece of soil; it is a piece of our soul.
Having been witnesses and participants to unforgettable adversities and memorable
triumphs, Manila has incontestably been a part (and still is) of myriad events that shaped
and formed the Philippines. Relics that are of unique cultural significance in forms of
architectural and cultural heritage can be found throughout manila up until today. And
in lieu of having fulfilled the site selection criteria designated for this project, the site
will not only aim to fulfill its architectural goals, but to go beyond that and serve its
community as well. The site which is located in Ermita, Manila is deemed suitable and
vital to this proposal. The establishment of such a proposed structure on this site will
efficiently contribute to the following:
1. The uplifting and development of the local community in terms of civic and cultural
engagement.
2. The rejuvenation of the Pasig River as a world class river and as a prime mode of
transportation.
3. The development of the local government and the city of manila in terms of showcasing
its economic prowess and prospectus in governance to potential investors in order to
put Manila as an economic hot spot.
4. The redevelopment of the tourism loop of Manila and to rejuvenate the various
derelict albeit potentially serviceable and culturally significant architectural structures
that is in the vicinity of the site.
5. The rebranding of Manila as a world class city.
CHAPTER 4
36
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 1 . 6 - S.W.O.T. ANALYSIS
Manila is the capital of the Philippines.
STRENGTHS. Easily accesible by various modes of transportation.
Located in the tourism and university belt of Manila.
In close proximity to various civic and cultural institutions.
A waterfront development.
Near public parks; Arroceros forest park and Mehan gardens.
Easily accessible by its target market.
Highly visible in terms of proximity and context.
Historically significant site.
High risk in terms of earthquake and flood vulnerability.
WEAKNESSES. Traffic Congestion.
Sensual qualities of pasig river.
Near to priority development areas.

OPPORTUNITIES A district suitable for the expansion for the cultural and urban
economy.
Complete rehabilitation and utilization of the Pasig River.
Rehabilitation of the Manila post office and the Metropolitan
theatre.
A local landmark for the community.
Enhancement of the district as a safe and place for everyone.
Additional revenue for the city.
Flooding and traffic congestion
THREATS solid waste management
Air and noise pollution
Natural and man-made calamities.
Environmentally displaced people.
LRT derailment
Pedestrian overflow
Pollution of the site and its surrounding context.
Table 4-2 . S.W.O.T. Analysis of Site A : Lawton
CHAPTER 4
37
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 2 - MACRO SITE INVENTORY AND PROFILE

4 . 2 . 1 - SITE INVENTORY AND PROFILE

Necessary facts, data, and relevant information with regards to the chosen site
and its context will be thoroughly discussed in this chapter. The projects affiliation
with its context both in a macro and micro scale is highly essential in discerning its
influence and effect on its role as a venue that advocates for contemporary culture and
civic engagement.
4 . 2 . 1 . 1 - PHYSICAL ATTRIBUTES
4 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 1 - PARCEL SITE

Manila (more specifically, Metro Manila) is the economic and political heart
of the Philippines, home to extensive commerce and some of the most historically and
culturally significant landmarks in the country, as well as the seat of the executive and
judicial branches of the government. Manila is listed as a global city, containing many
scientific and educational institutions, numerous sport facilities, and other culturally
and historically significant venues. The city is divided into six legislative districts and
consists of sixteen areas: Binondo, Ermita, Intramuros, Malate, Paco, Pandacan, Port
Area, Quiapo, Sampaloc, San Andrs, San Miguel, San Nicolas, Santa Ana, Santa Cruz,
Santa Mesa and Tondo.

The City of Manila encompasses a land area of 4,045.8 hectares including all
reclaimed areas along Manila Bay with a coastline length of 190 km. At 14 38' latitude
and 120 60' longitude, it is strategically located on the eastern coast of Manila Bay at
the mouth of Pasig River which runs on an east-west course through the center dividing
the city into the northern and the southern sections. Manila is bounded by seven other
cities and municipalities: on the north by Navotas and Caloocan, on the northeast by
Quezon City, on the east by San Juan and Mandaluyong, on the southeast by Makati and
on the south by Pasay City.
CHAPTER 4
38
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 2 - SOIL, TOPOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY, HYDROLOGY

4 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 2 . 1 - SOIL

The major soils in this soil mapping unit consist of Eutropepts and Dystropepts.
Both belong to the order inceptisols.

The Eutropepts are deep to very deep well-drained dark yellowish brown, dark
brown, yellowish brown, brown alluvial soils with loam, silt loam, clay loam, silty clay
loam or sandy loam textures. These occur on level to gentle slopes having a high base
saturation. The moisture control section is not dry for 90 cumulative days in most years.

These soi ls have moderate to high inherent fertility. Base saturation is greater
than 35% and cation exchange capacity (CEC) is moderate to high. Soil pH is medium
acid to neutral. These soils are most suitable for short seasonal diversified and vegetable
crops. The performance of corn, tomatoes, beans, cucumber, and melons and other
annual crops are usually good.

The Dystropepts are brownish or reddish acid Tropepts that are formed from
either acid rocks or under high rainfall or both. Base Saturation is low or very low
(less than 5%). These soils have nearly level to steep slopes. The mean annual soil
temperature difference between coldest months and hottest months does not exceed five
(5) degrees centigrade. The soi ls have low inherent fertility. Soil reaction is acidic w/
pH va lues lower than 5.0.

These soi ls have narrower adaptability for agricultural crops. The more acid
tolerant plants should be selected for planting if timing is not predicted and these soi ls
occupy the second largest in Laguna and Metro Manila covering about 15% and 20%
respectively.
CHAPTER 4
39
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 2 . 2 - TOPOGRAPHY

The city's topography is relatively flat with some portions below sea level.
During high tide, the sea water goes about two kilometers inland along the Pasig River
towards its source, the Laguna de Bay, a fresh water lake.
4 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 2 . 3 - GEOLOGY

Manila and the rest of the National Capital Region (NCR) lies on a shelf which
has been essentially formed by a ridge of volcanic tuft to the west. The ridge is bounded
by fluvial deposits of sand, gravel and clay. To the east of the ridge are similar deposits,
transported by the Marikina River, topping a valley formed by downward and tilted
fracture or fault. A good part of Manila is situated in swamps and marshes. Its proximity
to the sea and major waterways makes it a strategic location for trade and commerce.
4 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 2 . 4 - HYDROLOGY

The physical make-up of Manila can be subdivided into two - the North Manila
and the South Manila . The distinction is made with reference to the Pasig River, which
divides the territory into two. The river provides the main drainage that links the Manila
Bay with Laguna de Bay. It has a total length of about 25 kilometers Manila Bay has
a coastline of about 190 km, and its bottom is gradually deepening at the rate of 0.1 %.
The Bay, which is roughly about 1,800 sq.m. in area, receives water and wastewater
from the NCR and about 17,000 sq.m. of watershed drained by 26 principal rivers.
CHAPTER 4
40
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 3 - CLIMATE AND SEISMICITY

4 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 3 . 1 - CLIMATE

According to the Coronas Classification, Manila's climate belongs to the 1st
Type of which has two pronounced seasons - dry from November to April and wet during
the rest of the year. A climate station by the Philippine Atmospheric, Geophysical and
Astronomic Services is located in the Port Area providing daily monitoring of climate
variables such as rainfall depths, air temperature, wind speed and directions, dry and wet
bulb temperature, relative humidity, cloudiness and barometric pressure. According to
the results, Manila's annual mean temperature is 28.2 Celsius ranging from 25.2 - 31.2
Celsius. Heavy rains usually occur during the months of July and August, with monthly
rainfall reaching 486 mm. The highest number of rainy days is 22 per month, this
occuring during the wet season.
4 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 3 . 2 - SEISMICITY

The City of Manila is physically vulnerable to earthquake related hazards such
as liquefaction and ground shaking. The July 1968 earthquake proved devastating to
the business community and to the public in general. Earthquakes greatly affect both
economic and social interaction. While the implementation of building and structural
codes should be emphasized, retroactivity in applying earthquake resistant technologies
or sophisticated structural measures (retrofitting/ re-engineering) cannot be immediately
applied to older, substandard and hazardous buildings. In this respect, the city's efforts
should lean towards the coping mechanisms to earthquake related disasters, focusing
on quick response and recovery.

There is a high geological risk in terms of eathquakes for various areas in Metro
Manila. Specifically, those areas under very high risks include downtown Manila
(covering Quiapo, lntramuros, Sta. Cruz, Binondo, and Port Area) and the Reclamation
Area (along Roxas Boulevard).
CHAPTER 4
41
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 4 - NATURAL HAZARDS
4 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 4 . 1 - URBAN DRAINAGE SYSTEM AND FLOODING

The urbanization in flood prone areas has increased flood damage potential due
to the concentration of population and developed property at various areas. Elevating

the road carriageways have shifted run-off to lower road portions and property areas
with lower elevations, particularly along streets tributary to Rizal Avenue and Abad
Santos.

In the absence of field surveys of the urban topography, sewer shed delineations
and their tributary areas are difficult to estimate. With raised road levels and properties
developed at higher elevations, street run-off shifts in direction and thus overload the
storm drainage system at other inlet points. The street inlets have reduced its capacity
to receive flows with their present spacings and inlet opening sizes. Clogging as a result
of debris, sediments and, solid waste washed by the run-off and trapped in these inlets
and pipes aggravates the problem.

Based on observations and field photos, many portions of the pipe system have
reduced its carrying capacity to accommodate periodic flows as a result of the debris
clogging up the system.
4 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 4 . 2 - FIRE PRONE

The City's fully built-up nature has resulted into having congested areas where
infrastructures and utilities can no longer support the area. Most fire prone areas are
residential in nature and most of these areas are where informal settlements have
encroached and areas where old infrastructures have been left idle/derelict. These
situations are mostly found in the outskirts of the city and most of them are found in
Tondo.

Please refer to chapter 6 for the hazard maps.
CHAPTER 4
42
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 2 . 1 . 2 - ENVIRONMENTAL ATTRIBUTES
4 . 2 . 1 . 2 . 1 - PARKS AND RECREATIONS

Manila is the site of the Rizal Park. The park lies within the heart of Manila's
cultural and business district, as an honor and dedication to the country's national hero
Jos Rizal, who was executed in the same place where the park was created by the
Spaniards on charges of subversion. Manila is also the home to several plazas of societal
significance, such as the Plaza Balagtas and Plaza Miranda, the site of the 1971 politicsrelated bombings. Notable parks and green areas include the Cultural Center of the
Philippines, the Rajah Sulayman Park, Manila Boardwalk, Liwasang Bonifacio, Mehan
Garden, Paco Park, Remedios Circle, the Manila Zoological and Botanical Garden,
Pandacan Linear Park, and the Malacaang Garden.

Within the city lies the cemeteries of the Manila Chinese Cemetery, La Loma
Cemetery, the Manila South Green Park and the Manila North Green Park, notable as
being the resting place of several historical figures and being the largest cemetery in the
Metropolis. Both the Manila North and South Green Park are city-owned cemeteries.

A large number of private and public recreational areas are scattered throughout
the city. Also, several playgrounds, sports facilities and gardens were erected within the
city most of these being developed in commercial areas.

Within the city there are numerous shrine plazas wherein numerous historic
monuments are found. Plazas also have numerous tiangge stores accommodating
visitors. Plazas, unlike parks, consist of less greenery and mostly of bricked pathways.
Plazas in the city are usually located in commercial and industrial places while shrines
have more greenery than plazas and no tiangge.
CHAPTER 4
43
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 2 . 1 . 2 . 2 - WATERWAYS AND ESTEROS

The twenty nine (29) Esteros have a length of approximately 31,812.33 meters,
the longest of which is Estero de Pandacan with a length of about 3,200 meters, lying
on the southern part of the Pasig River. Estero dela Reina is the second longest estero
with a total length of 2,892 meters and is located in the northern part of the river. Perlita
Creek, on the other hand, is 960 linear meters.

The City Engineer's Office of Manila has started to undertake the parcellary
and relocation survey of all major esteros and its tributaries indicating the proposed
estero lines, easement and service road right of way as a result of the survey, some
esteros are already covered by land titles. However, the problem of limited funding has
temporarily stalled the completion of the project.
4 . 2 . 1 . 2 . 3 - WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT

The Manila Sewerage System was constructed in 1909 with the original overload
capacity to serve 450,000 people. The system covers 1,850 hectares, serving 530,000
people with the total length of 240 Km.

Sewage is collected by lateral interceptor pipes of 15 cm. to 150 cm. in diameter
from the various districts of the City. It is then conveyed to the Tondo main sewage
pumping station through seven pumping stations. Sta. Ana, a sub-district of Manila, has
a separate system and has its wastes discharging directly to the Pasig River. However,
the construction of a sewer main line is presently ongoing to interconnect the system in
Sta. Ana to the Paco Sewage station.
4 . 2 . 1 . 2 . 4 - SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

The total volume of garbage generated per day in Manila is approximately
6,498.94 cubic meters for the year 2000. This includes the wet and dry household
waste, industrial waste, commercial waste and some hospital waste. District V & VI
contributed the most to the generation of solid waste, District III & IV follows and I &
II contributed the least amount.
CHAPTER 4
44
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
The Solid Waste Management for the City of Manila involves the important
task for the disposal of the large amount of waste effectively while meeting hygienic
requirements.

With the City's high number of population and establishments, it is anticipated
to generate a high amount of waste wherein resource consumption/use is greater than

the accomodating capacity of the City's disposal measures. Given this, Manila's citizens
must make the additional effort not to increase the volume of waste generated and to
help the Local Government in this cause of waste reduction and proper disposal.

The basic waste management measures that are promoted and advocated for the
city of Manila are the 3R's concept (Recycle, Re-use, Reduce) which leads to the main
goal of Source Reduction. Recycling means taking apart and old product and using the
material it contains to make a new product. To Reduce, on the other hand, implies waste
reduction by not producing in the first place. And Re-use means repeated use of an item
rather than throwing it away.
CHAPTER 4
45
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 2 . 1 . 2 . 5 - AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT

According to the air quality monitoring data gathered from the Ermita Station
for the years 1993-1996, the city's air (Total Suspended Particulates concentration) is
in the "Fair" category which is 81 to 230 ug/Ncm. This rate of TSP level in the air is
expected to rise due to the growing urbanization and use of motorized vehicles within
the city. The air quality is also affected by the existence of water pollution throughout
Manila.

The quality of the environment is greatly affected by the amount of resource use
and misuse. And so, efforts for resource conservation and environmental stewardship
are of paramount importance.
CHAPTER 4
46
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 2 . 1 . 3 - SOCIAL ATTRIBUTES
4 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 1 - GOVERNMENT PROFILE

The City of Manila is divided into six (6) congressional districts with 100
barangay zones composed of 897 barangays. The previously identified 14 administrative

districts became 16 due to the redefining of congressional district boundaries. Tondo,
with 24 barangay zones, was divided into two - Tondo I, which is the first congressional
district and Tondo II , the second congressional district. District 111 , with 16 barangay
zones, includes Binondo, Quiapo, San Nicolas, and Sta. Cruz. District IV, with 17
zones, is composed of Sampaloc alone. District V, with 32 zones, includes Ermita,
lntramuros, Malate, Paco, Port Area, and San Andres. District VI , with 11 zones, is
comprised of San Miguel, Pandacan, Sta. Ana, and Sta. Mesa. Each congressional
district is represented by one (1) congressman and six (6) councilors.
The Mayor of Manila (also known as the Alkalde) is restricted to three consecutive terms,
totaling nine years, although a Mayor can be elected again after an interruption of one
term. The Vice-Mayor is the Presiding Officer of the Manila City Council composed
of the six elected City Councilors of the legislative districts; the local President of
the Association of Barangay Captains; and the Sangguniang Kabataan (youth council)
president. The Mayor's office and Council seat is Manila City Hall. The civic judicial
branch is administered by the Supreme Court of the Philippines under the Metro Manila
judicial region.
4 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 2 - DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE

The 2010 Philippine Census of Population places the total population of the
City of Manila at 1,652,171 persons, the second biggest in the National Capital Region,
after Quezon City. Manila comprises 15% of the NCR population. The city has 333,547
households, with an average household size of 4.32. This figure is comparable to that of
NCR (4.6) but, is smaller than that of the Philippines (5.0). As per 2010 NSO data, the
City of Manila has a population density of 41,282 persons per square kilometer (412.82
pa/ha) , making it the second most dense city in NCR, after Navotas. Moreover, Manila
is more than twice as dense as NCR and is 160 times as dense as the Philippines. See
appendix for statistical data from the NSO (National Statistics Office)
CHAPTER 4
47
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 3 - SEX AND STRUCTURE PROFILE

The Manila Health Department estimated the city population, as of 1999, at a
total of 1,710,898, this with 535,340 constituents that belong to the 14 years old and
below group, 1,126,114 belonging to the 15 to 64 years old group of which consist
most of the city's working group, and about 49,444 belong to the 65 years old and
above group. This shows that the Manila population is young: about 31% are below 15
years old, and three-fourths of the city population are below 35 years old. About 66%
are in the economically productive ages of 15-64 years. The dependency ratio shows
that there are two independent persons (those aged 15-64) for every dependent person
(those aged below 15 and above 64 ).

The male population of Manila is estimated at 48% of the total population while
the female population is estimated at 52%. With this, sex ratio is computed at 94 males
to 100 females.
4 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 4 - EDUCATIONAL PROFILE

Among the congressional districts, District I (Tondo I), with its huge school
going population, has the highest elementary enrollment, although it only has 12 of
the 71 public elementary schools in Manila. In addition, District I has the highest
secondary level enrolment, followed by District II. District I alone accounts for almost
a quarter of the students enrolled in public elementary and secondary schools in the
City of Manila. The huge demand for public sector education is manifested in the latest
enrollment figures. For school year 2001-2002, the private sector accounts for 43,828
elementary students, which is only one-fourth the public school enrollment of 180,
102. In the secondary level, private sector enrollment ( 46,397 students) is only half the
public sector enrollment (93,882). The private sector, however, appears to offer more
levels of education. Of the 97 private preschools, elementary and secondary schools in
the city, 75%have at least a preschool and an elementary school. More than half of the
private schools offer complete preschool, elementary and secondary education.
CHAPTER 4
48
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 5 - PARTICIPATION RATE

The young population of Manila translates to a sizable demand for education at
all levels. The schools in Manila respond to this need, and with their various locations,
are fairly accessible to most residents. For school year 2001-2002, there are 71 public
elementary schools in the City of Manila, accounting for 180, 102 enrolled students.
This translates to a school participation rate of about 68%, which means that 32% of
children aged 7-12 are not in school, that is, they are doing other things such as helping
earn for the family or staying at home. At the national level, the participation rate
for elementary education is much higher at 96%. In Manila, there is a huge demand
for public education, particularly elementary education, as indicated by the enrollment
figures. There are twice as many students in public elementary schools than there are
students in public high schools. District I has the highest enrollment in both public
elementary and secondary schools.
4 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 6 - HEALTH AND OTHER INFRASTRUCTURES

The City of Manila has twenty three (23) private hospitals, six (6) national
government hospitals, and four (4) city government hospitals. The hospitals operated
by the City of Manila are the Ospital ng Maynila, Ospital ng Tondo II , Ospital ng
Sampaloc, and Gat Andres Bonifacio Hospital. The distribution of health facilities
shows that District IV has eight of the 23 private hospitals in Manila, while District
II has one private hospital. District III has three national hospitals. The health centerpopulation ratio is 1 :32,267. The Department of Health (DOH) minimum standard
is 1 :20,000, which means that 30 additional health centers are needed in the city.
The Manila Health Department reports that 22 new health centers will be constructed
under the World Bank-funded Urban Health and Nutrition Project of the Department of
Health. While the detailed architectural and engineering plans have been prepared and
approved, sites in Manila have yet to be identified for such new health centers. A major
criterion in the site identification is the accessibility of the health centers to their urban
poor clients.
CHAPTER 4
49
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 7 - HOUSING

The Presidential Commission for the Urban Poor estimates that of the total
15 million urban poor population (1995), some 9.75 million, or 65%, live in slums
and squatter communities nationwide. These slum communities or blighted areas are
generally characterized by congestion and poor environmental conditions, dilapidated
housing structures, and low family incomes. They are usually located near garbage
dumpsites, beside railroad tracks, along river creeks and coastlines, under bridges, and
beside marketplaces and slaughterhouses.

These environments expose the urban poor to natural and manmade disasters,
particularly to the dangers of floods or typhoons that come with the seasons, in addition
to the health risks of a congested and unsanitary environment. The "choice" of location
for the urban poor in these sites, where they are most vulnerable, is motivated by
proximity to sources of livelihood and the availability of vacant lots. Majority of the
urban poor are illegal occupants, that is, they settle on the land of another without
legitimate title or right.

Among the regions, Metro Manila continues to host the largest slum population,
even if it has the lowest poverty incidence. In the City of Manila, almost one of three
persons (31%) is a squatter or illegal settler as established by the survey done by the
Manila Social Welfare Department in 1999. On the whole, the number of squatters in
Manila has been increasing over the years. It is generally accepted that the growth of
squatters is inversely proportional to the country's economic performance. In Manila,
their number decreased slightly in 1994-1996, when there was some growth in the
national economy. The squatters, however, more than doubled in 1996-1999, a period
of economic slowdown for the Philippines. See Appendix for chart of households by
tenure status.
CHAPTER 4
50
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 2 . 1 . 4 - ECONOMIC ATTRIBUTES
4 . 2 . 1 . 4 . 1 - EMPLOYMENT

Manila is predominantly a service-oriented city. It is one of the most densely
populated cities in the country, next to Navotas, and it is fully built-up. Thus very little
agriculture, forestry, mining and quarrying are undertaken. The leading industries,
namely -textile/ garments, food, personal products, chemical/pharmaceutical, and rubber/
plastic products, are generally light, labor-intensive activities. They take advantage of
the city's substantial labor and the labor supply from the rest of the metropolis. Service
sector employment has steadily dominated the share in total employment, to average
about 80% from 1994-99. The rest are employed in industry sector with a minuscule
number in agriculture, possibly backyard vegetable growing and small-scale fishing .

Like major global cities, Manila has become less of a center of manufacturing
but more of a center for services, amenities and leisure. Given the centrality of the
city in the National Capital Region, it provides employment, services, amenities
and facilities for a large floating population that does not reside in the city. Further,
Manila is a renowned center of education and technical training. Some of the largest
universities and technical institutes are located in the City and they cater to students
who are by and large from outside the City from overseas. One can conclude that it
has a substantial pool of highly skilled and technical labor force. The city can therefore
absorb the expansion of any labor-intensive, high technology industry like software
development, product development for specialty products, design establishments and
the like. Also the city can develop among the students a lifelong patronage for the city's
amenities and services.
CHAPTER 4
51
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 2 . 1 . 4 . 1 . 1 - INCOME

The households are dominantly middle income with an increase in the number
of high income households and a decrease in the numbers of low-income households

from 1994 to 1997.

There was a slight decrease in the number of middle-income households and a
huge increase in the number of high-income households. At the same time, the growth
rate of income and expenditures of the middle and upper income classes have increased.
About 69% of the middle income households and 56% of the high-income households
have wages and salaries as their main source of income in contrast to only 38% of the
low-income households. In fact, the sources of income of low-income households are
nearly evenly distributed among wages and salaries (38%), entrepreneurial activities
(26%) and others (35%). This suggests that the low-income households are engaged
in small-scale informal sector enterprises or low-paid, temporary, wage-paying jobs.
The middle- and high-income households are in established jobs that also allow for
the build-up of family assets, namely the employer's certification that make for ease in
opening bank deposits, credit for housing and other consumer needs, and social security
and insurance. The average annual employment rate is lower than the national average
.The relative stability of the employment rate suggests a dynamic market for jobs.

The residents of Manila are actually of a higher income class than the rest of the
country. This is a potential resource for substantial tax revenue, civic participation and
market for various goods and services. Also given the income profile and the average
unemployment rate, these suggest that the unemployment may well be concentrated
among the newly arrived migrants who eventually move elsewhere. One can also
conjecture that their initial source of income is the informal sector and their initial entry
point will be the port area.
CHAPTER 4
52
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 2 . 1 . 4 . 2 - COMMERCE AND INDUSTRY

The types of manufacturing establishments that locate in the city are mainly
labor-intensive, light activities that need not cause substantial pollution if located in
multi-use and residential districts.

These are the textiles/garments, food, personal products, chemical
pharmaceutical, and rubber/plastic products. They also need not take up substantial
space and thus can continue to be encouraged in the city. Nearly half (47.6%) of all
manufacturing establishments are textile/garment firms and the other four leading
industries altogether comprise about 25%. These establishments are reasonably well
dispersed among the six congressional districts with the biggest concentration in the
contiguous Districts I and Ill (34% and 22% respectively). The smallest proportion of
4.8% is located in District VI which is mostly residential. These suggest a reasonably
diversified industrial sector that caters largely to domestic or local market demand
rather than to exports.
4 . 2 . 1 . 4 . 2 . 1 - COMMERCE AND TRADE SHIPPING

Manila is the premier international port in the country and one of the major
domestic ports for inter-island shipping.
As a major center of water transport and
storage, it has experienced a steady increase in shipping, cargo and container traffic
from 1994 to 1997. The shipping, cargo and container traffic generate substantial
revenues to the City, reaching PHP 2.227 billion in 1997. The port will remain the
major international and domestic port for the country in the future. It will continue
as one of the main entry points for passengers, immigrants from the island provinces,
imported goods and products from various parts of the country. It will also remain as a
major exit point for the country's exports.
CHAPTER 4
53
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 2 . 1 . 4 . 2 . 2 - ECONOMIES OF AGGLOMERATION

Agglomeration of products and services occur in well-defined and identified
areas, on the street-level. These sites also coincide with designated tourist districts
and the location of retail-wholesale commercial establishments, and informal sector
establishments. The areas of substantial agglomeration are: Northern Tondo (in the
Juan Luna-TambuntingDimasalang- Tayuman quadrant, mainly District I), Divisoria
Binondo-Sta Cruz- QuiapoP. Casal zone (District 111 ), and the Ermita-Malate zone
(District V). A fu rther evidence of the lively commerce and trade and the vibrant informal
sector is that the City has granted dozens of hawkers permits, largely concentrated in
Binondo, Quiapo, Sta Cruz, Sampaloc, Ermita and Malate. These provide employment
for informal settlers and consumers with inexpensive goods and services.

The economic base is functionally diversified and suggests the basic strength of
the city's economy. These districts are effectively multiple-use zones. For example,
areas with small-scale, labor-intensive, light manufacturing (e.g., electrical, electronics
and home appliances along Puyat; meat products in Velazquez and Vitas) and handicraft
(e.g., gold and jewelry along Ongpin; artifacts, artworks and antiques along M.H. del
Pilar) are located along tourist- and service-oriented establishments (e.g., restaurants,
eating places, souvenir and curio shops, inexpensive lodging houses). Informal
settlements are also located nearby. Some areas (e.g. Ermita, Malate, Sta Cruz specially
around Avenida Rizal) already function as 24-hour districts with commercial (e.g.
shopping) and other light manufacturing establishments open in the daytime, and flea
markets, a number of restaurants and, other leisure establishments open at nighttime.
CHAPTER 4
54
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 2 . 1 . 4 . 2 . 3 - BUSINESS ESTABLISHMENTS

The numbers of business permits issued has declined since 1997. This can be
attributed to the economic slowdown as less business establishments are being set up
or the increasing number of establishments in the informal sector. The mechanics of
obtaining a business permit might need to be reviewed so that more establishments can
be encouraged to register. The city needs to emphasize the benefits of being registered
and the possible sanctions of not being so to the businesses.
4 . 2 . 1 . 4 . 2 . 4 - CITY MARKETS

The City has about sixteen (16) city-owned and operated public markets and
nine (9) tali papas. These are classified into three: Class A, which have average
monthly income of PhP 60,000 or more for a set three-month period; Class B, with
average monthly income of PhP30,000-PhP60,000 for the same period; and Class C
or talipapa, with a monthly average income of less than PhP30,000. There are four
Class A markets, three of which (Central, Divisoria and Quinta) are located in District
III. Paco Market is located in District V. These are located in the major wholesale
and retail commercial districts and transport centers, and are patronized by middleincome buyers, many of whom are from outside the city. Class B markets are spread
out more evenly across all Districts so that they could be more accessible to the local
residents. Five (5) Class C markets are in District I, three (3) in District 111 and, the
last one in District II. These are contiguous districts. Class C markets evidently cater
to the low-income classes who congregate in these districts either as residents (since
these, especially District I have the largest concentration of informal settlers) or as
workers (since these districts have substantial economies of agglomeration thus provide
huge job opportunities). The high growth rate of revenues in the Class C markets is
considered as an indicator for the relatively substantial earnings of households, this
including the low-income households.

CHAPTER 4
55
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 2 . 1 . 4 . 3 - TOURISM

Manila has the densest concentration of old buildings and heritage sites in
the country. These include the Cathedral and various colonial churches, government
buildings, commercial buildings, office buildings, theaters and cinema houses,
educational establishments, fortifications of lntramuros and San Antonio Abad, and
residential districts such as San Miguel, Quiapo, San Nicolas and Sta Ana. It hosts the
seat of government, and contains some of the most impressive civic architecture in the
country.

Major pilgrimage centers are located here, among them are the churches of
Quiapo, Sta Cruz, Binondo, Tondo, Pandacan, Sta Ana, Ermita, Malate, San Miguel,
Sampaloc, St Jude, the Chinese temples in Binondo, and the mosque in Quiapo. The City
of Manila also has the longest waterfront along Manila Bay and the Pasig River. And
as already mentioned, Manila is also the largest retail and wholesale center for Metro
Manila. Data from the Department of Tourism show that twelve (12) out of sixteen
(16) museums and seven (7) out of ten (10) performing arts theaters are located in the
City of Manila. Manila therefore has the potential for multiple-focus tourism, such as
heritage, shopping, leisure, pilgrimage and education. These will attract a large number
of foreign and local tourists. Because of the variety of available tourism activities and
the fact that these attract large numbers of locals (specially shopping, pilgrimage and
leisure), tourism is effectively a stable and major industry of the City that has yet to be
fully utilized. Moreover, these tourism activities are concentrated in the same areas of
agglomeration for shopping and small-and medium-scale light industry and of transport
nodes. Many of these activities are therefore accessible even to pedestrian traffic.
CHAPTER 4
56
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 2 . 1 . 5 - INFRASTRUCTURE AND UTILITIES

4 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 1 - WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION

As a result of the privatization of the Metro Manila Waterworks & Sewerage
System (MWSS, the City of Manila is being served by two concessionaires in the
distribution of its water supply namely: Maynilad Water Services, Inc. (MWSI) and
Manila Water Company (MWC) The coverage service areas of MWSI are Tonda, Sta.
Cruz, Quiapo, Sampaloc, Sta. Mesa, Pandacan, Binondo, San Miguel, Ermita, Malate,
lntramuros and part of Singalong, while MWC serves Sta. Ana and part of Singalong.
At present, updated information is being sourced from the Maynilad Water Services,
Inc.

While potable water for domestic, commercial and industrial uses have been
supplied adequately to meet the demands, the trend on water production and consumption
is significantly increasing. The average consumption in cubic meters per connection per
month is about 28 for residential areas, 29 for residential households with business,
about 80 to 110 for commercial areas and about 100 to 111 for industrial areas. As of
September 2002, the average monthly consumption in million cubic meters in Manila
is about 3.12 for residential areas, 0.26 for residential households with business, about
1.7 for commercial areas and about 0.29 for industrial areas.

The quality of potable water has been sufficiently ensured with the use of a
chlorination treatment at the source. While the supply and distribution system operates
satisfactorily, the system needs to be reviewed in view of the low water pressure
observed in previous pressure tests by the water district. While the number of hydrants
may be adequate, existing pressures (as well as supply) may not be adequate for fire
fighting purposes.
CHAPTER 4
57
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 2 - TELECOMMUNICATION AND POSTAL SERVICES

4 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 2 . 1 - TELECOMMUNICATION

There are no planned expansion programs seen within the next few years,
considering that the current telephone capacity has not been fully utilized. Delays in
telephone servicing and repairs are areas where improvement is needed. The local
government can take up the cause of its aggrieved constituents. Similarly, too many
attachments on telephone posts and the poor location of the posts create hazards to
pedestrians as well as the riding public. Moreover, the sight of too many attachments is
also not visually pleasing.
4 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 2 . 2 - POSTAL SERVICES

While postal services promote the well being of the community, the services
can be improved further by lookin into inter-networking via computers as an alternative

means of sending and receiving mails. The local government and the private groups
can play significant roles in providing both types of service for better and faster
communication.
4 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 3 - POWER AND ELECTRIFICATION
As of 1995, the %age of households connected to the distribution lines of the Manila
Electric Company (MERALCO) is already more than 95 % and has continued to
increase.

The nerve center of the power supply of Manila is located at Solis Street, Tondo,
which receives power from five main sources - Caloocan, Navotas, Balintawak, Sta.
Mesa and Tegen. The power requirement of the City stands at about 540 MW and is
projected to increase in line with the increase in population. It is expected that with
ongoing reforms in the Power sector, the future requirement of Manila will be amply
covered.
CHAPTER 4
58
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 4 - TRANSPORTATION
4 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 4 . 1 - ROADS AND BRIDGES

Inter-city movement is facilitated by the system of circumferential and radial
roads connecting many urban areas in the entire Metro Manila. While the City of
Manila experiences traffic problems like any highly urbanized area in the country,
it has an extensive network of well-paved roads and bridges crossing its rivers and
waterways. Established built-up areas are located along major routes which can provide
them easier access and mobility. Circulation within and movement in and out of the
City of Manila, however, are becoming increasingly difficult as traffic builds-up along
already congested routes.

The entire road network in the city is composed of about 770 kms of roads,
less than three % of which remains to be unpaved. With a road density of about 20
kilometers per square kilometer, many of the areas are well connected. Roads and
street are administratively classified as national and local. Road development and
maintenance are undertaken by the national government for the national roads and the
local government for the city roads. The total number of city streets in Manila is 1,580
occupying a total area of 3,644,000 square meters while the total number of national
roads is 258 occupying a total area of 3, 162,000 square meters.National roads total
about 240.5 kilometers in length , 30.31 % of the City's total. These roads link the
City to its neighboring cities/municipalities namely: Navotas, Caloocan, Quezon City,
San Juan, Mandaluyong, Makati and Pasay. The city streets cover a total length of
approximately 553.07 kilometers in length, 69.69% of the City's total (CPDO, CEO
2000).

The City bridges have a total length of 556.70 linear meters. Bridges made of
concrete/masonry accounts for a total of 335.66 linear meters. Wooden/timber bridges

have a total length of 162.63 linear meters while bridges made of steel/coco have a total
length of 50.41 linear meters.
CHAPTER 4
59
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 4 . 2 - RAILWAY

The railway system that pass through the city and being operated by the
Philippine National Railways (PN R) and the Light Railway Transit Authority (LRTA).
There are two major PNR stations in the City, one in Tutuban, Tondo and one in Paco,
which transport people to the southern part of the archipelago. Manila's LRT compares
favorably with similar rail transit systems in other parts of the world when it comes to
patronage (3'd largest in the world on a per route-kilometer basis) and farebox ratio
(one of the highest despite one of the lowest fares), but suffers unfavorably in terms of
staffing and fleet availability.

The LRT system services an average of 386,963 commuters daily using 64
coaches as of September 1995. Out of the 18 stations, 12 are located in the City of
Manila (R. Papa, J. Abad Santos, Blumentritt, Tayuman, Bambang, Dorotea Jose,
Carriedo, United Nations, Pedro Gil, Quirino Avenue and Vito Cruz). There are about
9.9 kilometers of elevated tracks which run along Taft Avenue and Rizal Avenue from
R. Papa Station up to G. Puyat Station. LRT 1 started commercial service on December
1 , 1984 (half line) and full service line in 1995 utilizing 64 cars on a 2-car train basis.
Daily passengers averaged 115,000 in 1984, increased to about 402,000 in 1994 and
levelled off to 377 ,000 in 1995. The decline was attributed to a decrease in the numberof
available trains due to poor maintenance and overloading.

The maximum speed the LRT could attain is 60 kms per hour and the average
commercial speed is about 30 kilometer, per hour. Each train has a capacity of 7 48
passengers. As of August 2000, LRTA has a total of twenty six (26) 2-car trains and
four (4) 3-car trains with ordinary coaches, while there are seven (7) 4-car trains with
airconditioned coaches operating in Line 1 (LRT 1 ). LRT 1 recorded the highest total
number of passengers served in 1996 with a total of 143,230,000 or a daily average of
395, 765 since the start of its operation in 1984.
CHAPTER 4
60
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 4 . 3 - WATER TRANSPORT

Manila, being embraced by the Manila Bay and Pasig River running through
it, has access to several destinations making water transport a reliable alternative. The
port area of Manila makes the city as alive and active in trade today as it was during the
Spanish Era.

The port of Manila lying at the mouth of the Manila Bay, is composed of two
harbors and one container terminal. The South Harbor is situated at the southside of
the Manila Bay along the shores of the lntramuros area. It has five piers with berths
covering about 4,241 meters in length to accommodate international cargo vessels.

On the other hand, the North Harbor is situated at the northside of the Manila
Bay along the shores of Tondo. It has eight piers and three wharves comprising 43
berths, that cover a length of 6, 135.01 meters. The intensity of container activities
paved the way for the development of the Manila International Container Terminal
(MICT), which is considered as one entire wharf. It has four usable berths, with one
altern ately converted as a Ron-onRoll- off ( RORO) and spans some 840 meters in
length. Among the shipping lines in the eight piers are the Negros Navigation, Aboitiz,
Sweetlines, Gothong & Lorenzo, Sulpicio and William Lines.

A ferry service used to run along the Pasig River. Efforts are being exerted
to revive the Service of which the City of Manila will be one of the beneficiaries. In
a study of the previous ferry operation along Pasig River, a number of reasons were
identified for the slow growth of the service. The main reasons include inadequate
infrastructure support, operational concerns, environmental concerns, and the generally
weak promotions and campaign. With quality of service as the main determinant of
rider acceptability, the City of Manila can do its share by helping develop the designated
terminals under the Pasig River Development Program.
CHAPTER 4
61
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 4 . 4 - TRAFFIC AND PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION

On the basis of existing ordinances, the 41 officially designated jeepney
terminals in Manila are complimented by 42 officially designated tricycle terminals

and 19 pedicab terminals.

Jeepney is the most preferred mode of transport, while buses appear to be not as
popular. In all cases, private cars and jeeps are very strong competitors of rail transport
and other land transportation modes.

The patterns of movement of public trip-makers in Metro Manila and
surrounding areas is shown in the Origin Destination Matrix (0-D). According to the
0-D Matrix, Manila ranks second to the top generators of trips, accounting for about
11 % of the total Trip Origins and about 12 % of Trip Destinations within the 16
zones considered. The more active trip desire lines are seen to be directed along the
NorthSouth direction across the Pasig River. The longitudinal directions connecting
Manila with Mandaluyong/Pasig, Marikina/Pasig, and Makati-Pateros account for less
than three % of the total trips generated.

An examination at longer-distance trips reveals that there is a possible market
for long distance service, possibly via Manila through the Pasig River. Trips destined
for and coming from the southern part of Metro Manila, such as Muntinlupa, Las Pinas/
Paranaque, Bacoor/lmus, Cavite/Kawit and Cabuyao/Calamba account for about 22 %
of the total trips produced in the area. The potential for riverside development could
help promote local tourism and boost recreational fishing and commercial trading in
the area. With the infusion of additional resources, the river system can thus generate
income that could be well spent for its regular dredging and maintenance.
CHAPTER 4
62
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
Traffic problems, such as traffic congestion is brought about by the uncontrolled
growth and urban sprawl in the metropolis, which led to the deterioration of the urban
environment and poor level of service (LOS) of the public transportation system have
worsened.

Despite the extensive coverage of the road network of the City of Manila, it serves
a heavy volume of vehicles under limited road capacity. With arterial roads serving both
through and local traffic, congestion in major intersections has continuously wasted a
lot of man hours and fuel energy, and worsened air quality.

Given the state of traffic congestion, there is a need to promote traffic alleviation
measures in the city. There is a need for an effective traffic management plan that
incorporates rules and regulations, safety, a stronger manpower base of enforcers,
tries charges and lecture education for pedestrians and commuters. Increasing traffic
signages will help improve the flow of traffic in the area.

With the existing demand for transportation, the major infrastructure systems
that are required are the construction of roads and railways. With the wide coverage
of the existing roads, what is actually needed now is to increase their capacity to
accommodate the increasing volume of traffic. This may be done through road widening
and removal of obstructions that have encroached upon the road right of way. This need
is being addressed by the construction of the Light Rail Transit and the circumferential
road networks.
CHAPTER 4
63
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 5 - SUPPORT INFRASTRUCTURES
4 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 5 . 1 - PARKING FACILITIES

In some areas, the roads are being used for short and long-term parking for
cars, trucks and jeepneys, thereby reducing the capacity of roadways and increasing
traffic congestion. Parking facilities that can accommodate the vehicles of various types
circulating within the area are lacking in some major activity centers, thus compelling
the vehicle drivers to park on the street.

Therefore, there is a need to identify potential parking areas in areas of high
human/commercial activity supported by a parking scheme. Such schemes may include

revenue-generating ones. Formulating clear planning standards for big commercial
establishments can likewise ease parking and traffic problems.
4 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 5 . 2 - PEDESTRIAN FACILITIES AND SIDEWALKS

Sidewalk obstructions (i.e. vending of wares, signages, uneven walkways,
garbage) as well as poor clearances create poor pedestrian traffic flow as well as
inconveniences. Conflicts between pedestrians and vehicles result in low road capacity.
Pedestrian facilities for safe crossing and for the disabled, elderly and young children
should be put in place. Improving sidewalks by clearing obstructions and by improving
the quality of walkways will reduce the conflict between pedestrians and vehicles.
CHAPTER 4
64
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 6 - ENGINEERING FLOOD CONTROL AND ABATEMENT

The flooding problems are part of the hierarchy of problems related to the
drainage network of the bigger catchment areas draining through the city towards
Manila Bay and the city's hierarchy of drains. The drainage outfalls of the City of
Manila are normally within one or two meters above sea level. The receiving water is
the coastal area of Manila Bay into which the system discharges. The water level of the
sea fixes the minimum level of the drainage channels.

Flooding in Manila is brought about by two main causes: over-banking water
of the Pasig River and other rivers and the poor capacity of the drainage system. The
former takes place less frequently than the latter, but may bring more damage.
4 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 6 . 1 - LOCAL STREET FLOODING

Local street flooding is caused by intense storms and inundates an area of about
one to two streets or an entire city block. Varying from depths of 20 cm to more than 50
cm, which subsides after a few hours, local street flooding can result in light property
damage and cause huge traffic jams that can paralyze several city blocks for hours.
This, in turn, means lost productivity and economic opportunities. The urbanization
of flood prone areas has increased flood damage potential due to the concentration
of population and developed properties. Elevating the road carriageways has shifted
run-off to lower road portions and in lower-lying properties, particularly along streets
tributary to Rizal Avenue, Abad Santos, Dapitan, and Laong-Laan.
4 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 6 . 2 - MODERATE FLOODING

Intense rainfall with at least an hour's duration may cause moderate flooding.
This is usually associated with tropical cyclones, and inundates a wide area of the city,
resulting in flooding depths of more than 30 cm. The conveyance of floodwaters from
moderate floods requires major drainage networks that connect local street drainage to
major sub-mains (drainage pipes), creeks and estero, and pumping stations that move
the floodwaters from sea outfalls to Manila Bay.
CHAPTER 4
65
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 6 . 3 - NATURAL DRAINAGE

Manila and its suburbs, which cover 7, 172 has., is divided into two areas by the
Pasig River; namely, North Manila and its suburbs (2,858 ha) and South Manila and its
suburbs (4,314 ha). With a total length of about 25 kilometers, the river provides the
main drainage that links the Manila Bay with Laguna de Bay.

The drainage and flood control system in the City is made up of the drainage
main and laterals. The drainage main is made of concrete pipes and culverts. The
average size of concrete pipes for the drainage main is 30 inches in diameter and the
culverts are from a minimum size of 1 meter x 1 meter to a maximum size of 1.60 meter
x 1 meter. The laterals, on the other hand, are made of concrete pipes with an average
diameter of18 inches. There are 13 existing pumping stations with flood gates, two
independent flood gates and 13 major esteros. Aside from the 13 pumping stations,
there are seven more locally funded small pumping stations. Two are located within the
Malacanang Palace grounds (Executive and Administrative Buildings), two along the
Jones Bridge underpass (back of NPC building and in Muelle dela lndustria, Escolta),
one in Arroceros (MWSS compound), one in Luneta (back of Manila Hotel), and one
in the Central Post Office (serving Lawton/Riverside Drive). These small pumping
stations have a total pump capacity of 228.97 ems, and a total drainage area of 5,391.5
hectares. An inventory of flood control and drainage facilities in the City shows that
there are a total of 189,260.91 linear meters of drainage pipes, 9,428.40 linear meters
of box culvert and 3,065 linear meters of lined/opened earth canal. There are 9,980
manholes, 6,938 are in North Manila while 3,042 are in South Manila. Of the 4,501
inlets, 1,634 are in North Manila and 2,867 are in South Manila. Of the total of 3,640
catch basins 2,614 are in North Manila while 1,026 are in South Manila. Of the 22
drainage main, 15 are in North Manila and seven (7) are in South Manila. North Manila
has one (1) outfall and one (1) interceptor while South Manila has neitheran outfall nor
an interceptor.
CHAPTER 4
66
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 2 . 2 - ERMITA, MANILA - SITE PROFILE

Ermita is a district of Manila and a major commercial, financial, and cultural
center of the city. Many hotels, casinos and offices are located in this district. Ermita is
also the home to famous landmarks, government offices, tourist attractions, museums,
and universities. It is the civic center of Manila and the Manila metropolitan region,
hosting the seat of city government and a large portion of the area's employment,
business, and entertainment activities. Ermita has a total area of 1.59 km2 (0.61 sq mi)
and population of 6,205. It is composed of 13 barangays and is a part of the 5th district
of manila
4 . 2 . 2 . 1 - HISTORY

Ermita was founded in the late 16th century. Its name was taken from La
Hermita, the Spanish word for "hermitage", after the fact that on this site was built a
hermitage housing an image of the Virgin Mary known as the Nuestra Seora de Guia
(Our Lady of Guidance). The hermitage has since evolved into Ermita Church, which
has been rebuilt several times since the early 17th century.

Ermita gained renewed prominence during the American colonial period. It
became known as the university district, containing the campuses and dormitories
of the University of the Philippines, the Ateneo de Manila, Adamson University,
the Assumption College and St. Paul College. The residential portion of Ermita was
populated by American residents, who set up such establishments as the Army and
Navy Club, and the University Club.

In February 1945, during the 1945 Battle of Manila, Ermita was the scene of
some of the most horrific massacres that occurred during the Second World War. The
wife and four children of future President Elpidio Quirino were murdered in Ermita, as
was Supreme Court Associate Justice Anacleto Diaz. Between 68% to 85% of Ermita
was destroyed during the Battle of Manila, with an estimated total of 100,000 Filipino
civilians killed in the city itself.
CHAPTER 4
67
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 2 . 2 . 2 - ACCESSIBILITY

The district can be directly accessed by the main roads like the Roxas Boulevard,
Padre Burgos Street, Taft Avenue and United Nations Avenue. The "Park N Ride"
Lawton Bus Station, the city's main public transport hub, is located in the district along
Padre Burgos Street.

The Manila Light Rail Transit System (LRT-1) follows Taft Avenue and stops at
three stations located in Ermita, Central Terminal Station, United Nations Station and
Pedro Gil Station.
4 . 2 . 2 . 3 - ECONOMY
4 . 2 . 2 . 3 . 1 - GOVERNMENT OFFICES

Ermita is known as the civic center of Manila. The city government is housed in
the Manila City Hall along Padre Burgos Street. The offices of the judicial department
of the Philippine government is located in the districtt along Taft Avenue and Padre
Faura Street. The Supreme Court of the Philippines, Court of Appeals, National Bureau
of Investigation and the Department of Justice is headquartered in this area.
4 . 2 . 2 . 3 . 2 - CORPORATE OFFICES

Ermita is home of the country's major maritime and travel companies which
can be found along Kalaw and UN Avenues. Philam Life Insurance Company is
headquartered in its building along United Nations Avenue. The Daily Tribune has
its publishing house in the are along Kalaw Avenue. Moldex Realty Inc., the largest
real estate developer in the city, is headquartered in 1322 Golden Empire Tower, the
tallest building in the City of Manila which is along Roxas Boulevard. The Philippine
Amusement and Gaming Corporation is also headquartered along Roxas Boulevard.
4 . 2 . 2 . 3 . 3 - COMMERCIAL CENTERS

Ermita is really a shopping destination for Manila's upper and middle-class
families and for students studying in the University Belt. Robinsons Place Manila,
Manila's largest shopping mall, is located in the district's tourist belt along Pedro Gil
and Adriatico Streets. SM City Manila is located in the district's civic center along
Mayor Antonio Villegas Road.
CHAPTER 4
68
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 2 . 2 . 4 - FACILITIES
4 . 2 . 2 . 4 . 1 - RECREATION

Rizal Park,the widest open urban public park in the country and location of the
monument to the national hero Jos Rizal, is a prominent feature of Ermita. This was
the original site for Burnham's planned government center and capitol building. Other
sites of interest in Ermita include: National Museum of the Philippines, Embassy of
the United States, Manila, National Library of the Philippines, National Archives of
the Philippines, Quirino Grandstand, Manila Ocean Park, Bonifacio Shrine, Liwasang
Bonifacio, Metropolitan Theater, Manila Hotel, The Masonic Temple of Ermita,
Philippine Independent Church, San Vicente de Paul Church, Archdiocesan Shrine
of, Nuestra Seora de Guia (Ermita Shrine), and the Philippine General Hospital, the
country's largest hospital.
4 . 2 . 2 . 4 . 2 - EDUCATION
A number of educational institutions are also found in Ermita, including: University
of the Philippines, Manila, Adamson University, Emilio Aguinaldo College, Santa
Isabel College Manila, Philippine Normal University, Technological University of the
Philippines, Universidad de Manila (formerly the City College of Manila), and Manila
Science High School.
CHAPTER 4
69
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 - MICRO SITE PROFILE AND ANALYSIS


The site is situated in Ermita, a major commercial, financial, and cultural center
of the city of Manila. Specifically, is is situated in District 5-A, Barangay 659-A.

Located on Quezon Boulevard cor. Riverside Drive. The site area is approximately
11,247 sq m or 1.12 hectares. The site is also bounded by the pasig river on its north
side.

The location is the former site of the historical Insular Ice Plant and Cold Storage
but the derelict structure was then demolished in the 1980's. It is in close proximity
to historical and cultural icons such as the philippine central post office, the manila
metropolitan theatre, the GSIS building, mehan gardens, arroceros natural forest park
and Intramuros.

The site is now currently being used by the local city government as an interim
intermodal terminal. As of August 2014, the current pasig river ferry terminal in the
site (lawton terminal) has halted it's operations due to various circumstances.
Figure 4-4 . Satellite Imagery of the Site
CHAPTER 4
70
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 2 - PHYSICAL FACTORS
4 . 3 . 2 . 1 - CLIMATE

Manila is protected from extreme weather conditions by the hills of the Eastern
Cordillera to the east and by the mountains of Bataan Peninsula. The tropical climate
is characterized by a wet season that lasts from June to November and by a dry season
lasting from December to May. High humidity and thunderstorms are common in July,
August, and September, when more rain is received than in other months and wind
direction changes from East to West.

Under the Kppen climate classification system, Manila features a tropical
savanna climate that borders on a tropical monsoon climate (Kppen climate

classification Aw/Am). Together with the rest of the Philippines, Manila lies entirely
within the tropics. Its proximity to the equator means that the temperature range is very
small, rarely going below 20 C (68 F) or above 38 C (100 F) .

Humidity levels are usually very high all year round. Manila has a distinct dry
season from late December through May, and a relatively lengthy wet season that covers
the remaining period with warm temperatures. In the rainy season it rarely rains all day
but the rainfall is very heavy during short periods. Typhoons can occur from June to
September and can cause flooding in parts of the city
CHAPTER 4
71
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 2 . 1 . 1 - PREVAILING WINDS
4 . 3 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 1 - DIRECTION
Figure 4-5 . Wind Direction of the Site
Prevailing winds in the site can be categorized into two; The northeast wind
(Amihan) It is characterized by moderate temperatures, little or no rainfall, and a

prevailing wind from the east. And the south-west monsoon (Habagat) the Habagat
season is characterized by hot and humid weather, frequent heavy rainfall, and a
prevailing wind from the west.
4 . 3 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 2 - AVERAGE WIND SPEED
Table 4-3 . Comparative Chart of the Average Wind Speed of the Site
As seen on the table above, Largely coming from the East, wind speeds average
10-30 km/hr. Winds may come from the West with less intensity..
CHAPTER 4
72
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 2 . 1 . 2 - SOLAR ORIENTATION
4 . 3 . 2 . 1 . 2 . 1 - SUN ANGLES
Figure 4-6 . Sun Angles of the Site
The sun rises , on the average, at about 5:30 a.m. on the east and sets at 18:20
p.m. on the west. In early april, Manila has the most sunshine but most of the year,
Manila experiences hazy conditions, causing an increase in humidity.
4 . 3 . 2 . 1 . 2 . 2 - MONTHLY HOURS OF SUNLIGHT
Table 4-4 . Comparative Chart of Monthly Hours of Sunlight of the Site
Based on the table above, The average monthly hours of sunlight escalates from
january to april and the gradually descends down from may up until august and ascends
abruptly up to november and then slightly descends by december. The average days of
sunlight in manila is about 6.5 hours per day.
CHAPTER 4
73
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 2 . 1 . 3 - TEMPERATURE, HUMIDITY, PRECIPITATION

4 . 3 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 1 - TEMPERATURE
Table 4-5 . Comparative Temperature Chart of the Site
Average temperature ranges between 25-35 C. In the summer and early fall,
4 . 3 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 2 - HUMIDITY
Table 4-6 . Comparative Humidity Chart of the Site
Manila experiences large %ages of humidity and high temperatures throughout
the year. Implementing natural ventilation, the building will be able to reduce mechanical
operations for a significant part of the year.
4 . 3 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 2 - PRECIPITATION
Table 4-7 . Comparative Precipitation Chart of the Site
High humidity and thunderstorms are common in July, August, and September,
when more rain is received than in other months and wind direction changes from East
to West.
CHAPTER 4
74
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 - TOPOGRAPHY
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 1 - LEGAL PROPERTY DESCRIPTION

A parcel of land with an area of 12000m (1.2 Hectares) is situated in Barangay
659-A, Ermita, City of Manila, on the west of the Pasig River. The following are the
technical descriptions of the site:

The distance between Point A and Point B (The side parallel to Quezon Bridge
and Quezon Boulevard) measures One Hundred Twenty (120) meters with an angle of
S38'W. The distance between point B and Point C (The side facing Riverside Drive )
measures Sixty-Three (63) meters with an angle of N49'W. The arc length between point
C and Point D (The corner of the side parallel to Riverside Drive And Padre Burgos
Avenue) measures Twenty-Two (22) meters with a curved angle of 63'. The distance
between Point D to Point E (The side parallel to Padre Burgos Avenue) measures a
distance of Fourty-Nine (49) meters with an angle of N70'W. The arc length between
point E and Point F measures Fourty-Six (46) meters with a curved angle of N104'W.
The distance between Point F and Point G measures Nine (9) meters with an angle of
N82'E. The arc length between Point G back to Point A (the side fronting pasig river)
measures One Hundred Sixty Eight (168) meters with an angle of N34'E.
CHAPTER 4
75
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
N
Figure 4-7 . Plan of the Site
CHAPTER 4
76
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 2 - TOPOGRAPHIC MAPS AND AERIAL PHOTOS

4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 2 . 1 - CONTOURS AND SPOT ELEVATIONS
-2.26 mts below NGL
-2.16
+4.16 mts above NGL
-2.13
-2.11
-2.1
-2.16
-2.1
+3.6
0
+4.3
+4.1
Slope Interval at 10mm

+4.16
0
30
15
120
60
SCALE IN METERS
Figure 4-8 . Contour Map of the Site
CHAPTER 4
77
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 2 . 2 - SLOPE PERCENTAGE, AGE, ASPECT, AND ORIENTATION

The highest part of the site is at 4.16mts above NGL and the lowest is at -2.26mts.
The highest and the lowest point of the site has a vertical distance of 6.42mts apart of
each other. The planar horizontal distance between the highest and the lowest point is
195mts. Therefore, the computation for the slope gradient and %age are as follows:
SLOPE RATIO
SLOPE %AGE
(RISE) Y : 6.42
(RISE) Y : 6.42
(RUN) X : 195
(RUN) X : 195
FORMULA : Y:X
FORMULA : Y/X
SLOPE RATIO = 1:30
SLOPE %AGE = 0.03%
The slope aspect and orientation of the site faces only North as the slope directly
goes down to the north. The slope aspect and orientation map is as follows:
Figure 4-9 . Slope Aspect Map of the Site
CHAPTER 4
78
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
Figure 4-10 . Satellite Images of the Site
CHAPTER 4
79
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 2 . 3 - ESCARPMENTS

Based on first hand reconaissance of the site and geographic information data,
there are no existing escarpments on the site. As of August 2014, the possibility of
the site having escarpments is very little to non existent as the site is not within close
proximity of any fault lines whatsoever.
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 2 . 4 - EROSION CHANNELS

The possibility of the site having erosion channels for both water and soil is
very little to non existent as the slope of the site is not significantly high enough for
such phenomenon to occur.
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 2 . 5 - VISUAL CHARACTERISTICS

As the current use of the project site is an interim inter-modal terminal, the
visual characteristics of the existing condition of the project site is composed mostly of
public utility vehicles and only a handful of existing vegetation.
Figure 4-11 . View from Quezon Bridge
Figure 4-12 . View of the vehicular egress of the site.
Figure 4-13 . View from P.Burgos Avenue
More site pictures will be provided in the following sections.
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 2 . 6 - POTENTIAL PROBLEMS

Based on existing hazard maps, the site is in the risk of moderate susceptibility
floodinf, Intensity 7 ground shaking, high susceptibility in liquefaction, and within the
tsunami inundation area. Other potential problems include high vehicular traffic and
the further pollution of the pasig river. Please refer to chapter 6 for the hazard maps.
CHAPTER 4
80
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 3 - PHYSICAL FEATURES ANALYSIS

4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 3 . 1 - PHYSICAL FEATURES
Figure 4-14 . Tunnel at the upper west end of the site
Figure 4-15 . The elevated track of the lrt 1 acts as a

welcome arch after quezon boulevard
Figure 4-16 . The elevated track of the lrt transects the

project site
Figure 4-17 . The project site can also be accessed

through the adjacent linear park from arroceros forest
park.
Figure 4-19 . The project site sits across the mcarthur

monument
Since the current use of the site is an interim inter-modal terminal, The existing
physical features of the site have little importance but the potential for it's development
is substantial.
CHAPTER 4
81
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 3 . 2 - FOCAL AND VANTAGE POINTS
Figure 4-20 . The project site is across the historic

central post office and intramuros city.
Figure 4-21 . The project site is across the historic

manila metropolitan theatre.
Figure 4-22 . The project site is a potential vantage

point for the light rail transit.
Figure 4-23 . The project site has the vantage point of a

360 degree view of ermita, manila city.
Figure 4-24 . The project site acts as a vantage point to

and from and pasig giver.
Figure 4-25 . The project site is in close proximity to

the historic arroceros forest park and mehan gardens.
Since the current use of the site is an interim inter-modal terminal, The existing
physical features of the site have little importance but the potential for it's development
is substantial.
CHAPTER 4
82
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 4 - EXISTING ACCESS AND CIRCULATION

4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 4 . 1 - VEHICULAR ACCESS
Figure 4-26 . Vehicular Acces Map
The present condition of vehicular ingress of the site is possible through the
north west side as the vehicular egress is through the southern tip of the project site
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 4 . 2 - PEDESTRIAN ACCESS
Figure 4-27 . Pedestrian Acces Map
The present condition of pedestrian ingress and egress of the site is possible
through the western tip of the project site.

CHAPTER 4
83
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 5 - VEGETATION
Figure 4-28 . Vegetation Map
The aerial photo above shows the existing vegetation within the site and it's
immediate context. The vegetations is noteworthy albeit not enough. With the presence
of the arroceros forest park and the various existing vegetation within close proximity
to the site, the amount of vegetation surrounding the area is a good attribute of the
land,air, and water quality surrounding the site.
Figure 4-29 . Vegetation from McArthur bridge.
Figure 4-30 . Vegetation from Quezon Bridge.
CHAPTER 4
84
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 6 - EXISTING BODIES OF WATER

4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 6 . 1 . THE PASIG RIVER

A River in the Philippines that connects Laguna de Bay to Manila Bay.
Stretching for 25 kilometres (15.5 mi), it bisects the Philippine capital of Manila and its
surrounding urban area into northern and southern halves. Its major tributaries are the
Marikina River and San Juan River.

The Pasig River is technically a tidal estuary, as the flow direction depends
upon the water level difference between Manila Bay and Laguna de Bay. During the
dry season, the water level in Laguna de Bay is low with the river's flow direction
dependent on the tides. During the wet season, when the water level of Laguna de Bay
is high, the flow is reversed towards Manila Bay.
The Pasig River used to be an important transport route and source of water for
Spanish Manila. Due to negligence and industrial development, the river has become
very polluted and is considered dead (i.e., unable to sustain life) by ecologists. The
Pasig River Rehabilitation Commission (PRRC), which was established to oversee
rehabilitation efforts for the river, is supported by private sector organisations such as
the Clean and Green Foundation, Inc. that introduced the Piso para sa Pasig (Filipino:
"A peso for the Pasig") campaign in the 1990s.
CHAPTER 4
85
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 6 . 2 . HYDROGEOLOGY
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 6 . 2 . 1 . LOCATION

The Pasig River winds generally north-westward for some 25 kilometres (15.5
mi) from the Laguna de Bay, the largest lake in the Philippines, to Manila Bay, in the
southern part of the island of Luzon. From the lake, the river runs between Taguig
City, and Taytay, Rizal, before entering Pasig City. This portion of the Pasig River, to
the confluence with the Marikina River tributary, is known as the Napindan River or
Napindan Channel. From there, the river forms the common border between Makati
City to the south and Pasig City, followed by Mandaluyong City to the north. The river
then sharply turns northeast, where it has become the border between Mandaluyong and
Manila before turning again westward, joining its other major tributary, the San Juan
River, and then following a sinuous path through the center of Manila before emptying
into the bay.

The whole river and most portions of its tributaries lie entirely within Metro
Manila, the metropolitan region of the capital.

4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 6 . 2 . 2 . SIZE

The whole stretch of pasig river has a length of 27 km (17 mi) and a basin
with an area of 570 km2 (220 sq mi).

4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 6 . 2 . 3 . DEPTH

The average depth of the river is around 4-6m.
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 6 . 2 . 4 . DIRECTION

During times of high tide, the water level in the lake may drop below that of
Manila Bay's, resulting in a reverse flow of seawater from the bay into the lake.
CHAPTER 4
86
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 6 . 3 . QUALITY

After World War II, massive population growth, infrastructure construction, and
the dispersal of economic activities to Manila's suburbs left the river neglected. The
banks of the river attracted informal settlers and the remaining factories dumped their
wastes into the river, making it effectively a huge sewer system. Industrialization had
already polluted the river. The PRRC perspective sketch design of the Pasig River in
the future. In the 1930s, observers noticed the increasing pollution of the river, as fish
migration from Laguna de Bay diminished. People ceased using the river's water for
laundering in the 1960s, and ferry transport declined. By the 1970s, the river started to
emanate offensive smells, and in the 1980s, fishing in the river was prohibited. By the
1990s, the Pasig River was considered biologically dead.
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 6 . 4 . PASIG RIVER FERRY SERVICE

The Pasig River Ferry Service, was the only water-based transportation that
cruised the Pasig River from Barangay Pinagbuhatan in Pasig City to Intramuros,
Manila. The system was owned and operated by a private company, SCC Nautical
Transport Services Incorporated. Although commonly referred to as a ferry, it was more
akin to a water bus. In February 2011, the service was suspended, but was reopened on
April 28, 2014.
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 6 . 5 . EXPECTED VARIATIONS

The Pasig River is technically considered a tidal estuary. Toward the end of the
summer or dry season (April and May), the water level in Laguna de Bay reaches to a
minimum of 10.5 meters. During times of high tide, the water level in the lake may drop
below that of Manila Bay's, resulting in a reverse flow of seawater from the bay into the
lake. The Pasig River is vulnerable to flooding in times of very heavy rainfall, with the
Marikina River tributary the main source of the floodwater.
CHAPTER 4
87
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 6 . 6 . COASTAL FEATURES

The growth of Manila along the banks of the Pasig River has made it a focal
point for development and historical events. The foremost landmark on the banks of
the river is the walled district of Intramuros, located near the mouth of the river on its
southern bank. It was built by the Spanish colonial government in the 16th century.
Further upstream is the Hospicio de San Jose, an orphanage located on Pasig's sole
island, the Isla de Convalescencia. On the northern bank stands Malacaan Palace, the
official residence of the President of the Philippines. Also on Pasig River's northern
bank and within the Manila district of Sta. Mesa is the main campus of the Polytechnic
University of the Philippines.

In Makati City, along the southern bank of Pasig, is the Sta. Ana Racetrack and
the Rockwell Commercial Center, a high-end office and commercial area containing the
Power Plant Mall. At the confluence of the Pasig and Marikina rivers is the Napindan
Hydraulic Control Structure, which regulates the flow of water from the Napindan
Channel.
CHAPTER 4
88
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 7 . - EXISTING DRAINAGE CANALS

As of August 2014, there are no records of any matural or man-made drainage
canals within the project site.

4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 8 . - EXISTING WATERWAY EASEMENTS

As of August 2014, there are no records of any matural or man-made drainage

4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 9 . - SURFACE DRAINAGE

As of August 2014, there are no records of any natural or man-made drainage

4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 9 . 1 . ON-SITE WATER FLOW PATTERNS

The direction of the flow of water on the site runs from the southern tip of the
site towards the northern part as the slope of the project site goes towards the pasig
river. Below is an illustration of the flow of water on the site.
D
C
B
D
Figure 4-31 . On-Site Water Flow Pattern Map
CHAPTER 4
89
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 9 . 2 . - PROXIMITY TO FLOODPLAINS

Based on the flood hazard map of manila, the project site is within the low flood
susceptibility to the high flood susceptibility area.

4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 9 . 2 . 1 . - MAXIMUM FLOOD LEVELS

As on agusut 2014, based on the 5, 10, and ondoy flood maps, the maximum
flood level of the site and it's immediate context is 1.5 meters above ground level.
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 9 . 2 . 2 . - FREQUENTLY FLOODED AREAS

The site, having been elevated and gradually slope down to the river
unintentionally created pockets around the site that frequently flood. Below is a map
showing the frequently flooded areas within the vicinity of the project site.
Figure 4-32 . Frequently Flooded Areas On-Site
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 9 . 3 . - WATERSHED AREAS

The site having been elevated from the northwestern to the southwestern part
and then gradually slope down utilized the pasig river to act as a watershed area.
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 9 . 4 . - OBSTRUCTION TO NATURAL SURFACE DRAINAGE

The only probable obstruction to natural surface drainage would be the posts of
the LRT rail but only to a minimal extent. They do not pose any significant threats.
CHAPTER 4
90
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 9 . 5 . - POTENTIAL AREAS FOR RETENTION PONDS

It is imperative for the site to have a specific area for retention ponds or catch
basins. The following diagrams show the potential areas for retention ponds.
Figure 4-33 . Potential Areas for Retention Ponds.
For the micro site level, there are three potential areas wherein the placement of
the catch basins would be practical and efficient.

Figure 4-34 . Potential Area for Catch Basin.
On the other hand, for the macro site level, the whole site could act as a catch
basin for the immediate context of the project site.

CHAPTER 4
91
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 2 . 2 . 10 . - UNIQUE SITE FEATURES

The site contains many unique features, from its historical background and
context to its potential. And so, the following aspects are what makes the site unique;
The site offers a unique challenge as the elevated railway of the LRT transects the half
into two, being a river-front development, and a vantage point for various historical
areas within the vicinity.
Figure 4-35 . The project site sits across the historic

metropolitan theatre
Figure 4-36 . The project site sits across the historic

central post office
Figure 4-37 . The elevated track of the lrt transects the

project site
Figure 4-38 . The arroceros forest park
Figure 4-40 . The project site sits across the mcarthur

monument
CHAPTER 4
92
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 2 . 3 . 1 . - SOIL TYPE
4 . 3 . 2 . 3 . 1 . 1 . - ENTISOL

In USDA soil taxonomy, entisols are defined as soils that do not show any
profile development other than an A horizon. An entisol has no diagnostic horizons, and
most are basically unaltered from their parent material, which can be unconsolidated
sediment or rock. Entisols are the second most abundant soil order (after inceptisols),
occupying about 16% of the global ice-free land area.
4 . 3 . 2 . 3 . 1 . 1 . 1 . - AQUENT

A kind of wet soil formed on river banks, tidal mudflats etc. permanently or
usually wet soils formed on river banks, tidal mudflats etc. Here, general wetness limits
development.
4 . 3 . 2 . 3 . 2 . - SEISMIC CONDITIONS

Manila sits astride the Pacific typhoon belt and is criss-crossed by several fault
lines. This led to Manila and its metropolitan region to be ranked as the second riskiest
capital to live in by Swiss Re. The Marikina Valley Fault System poses a threat to the
City and the metropolis because it is seismically active.

Manila endured several deadly earthquakes, notably in 1645 and in 1677 which
destroyed the stone and brick medieval city. To cope with this, the Colonial architects
invented the style called Earthquake Baroque which churches and government buildings
during the Spanish colonial period adopted. As a result, succeeding deadly earthquakes
of the 18th and 19th centuries barely affected Manila, although it did periodically level
the surrounding area.

Modern buildings in and around Manila are designed and retrofitted to withstand
earthquake in accordance to the country's building code and the international standard
code. See chapter 6 for hazard maps.
CHAPTER 4
93
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 2 . 3 . 3 . - ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDS
4 . 3 . 2 . 3 . 3 . 1 . - CHEMICAL HAZARDS

Chemical hazards are defined as the existence of substances that can cause harm
or damage to the body, property or the environment. Chemical hazards can be both
natural or human made origin. Currently, there are no chemical hazards within the site
and its immediate context.
4 . 3 . 2 . 3 . 3 . 2 . - PHYSICAL HAZARDS

Physical hazards are defined as the conditions or situations that can cause
the body physical harm or intense stress. Physical hazards can be both natural and
human made elements. The site's potential physical hazards include the following: The
derailment of the LRT train from its elevated railway, A form of water transportation
might crash to the site. Car crash from quezon bridge to the project site.
4 . 3 . 2 . 3 . 3 . 3 . - MECHANICAL HAZARDS

Mechanical hazards are defined as a harmful or danger-posing situation
that involves machines mostly in a working environment. Mechanical hazards

are commonplace in work industries like, mining, manufacturing, agriculture and
construction. The site's potential mechanical hazards may occur during the construction
and implementation stage of the project.
4 . 3 . 2 . 3 . 3 . 4 . - BIOLOGICAL HAZARDS

Biological hazards are defined as a harmful or danger-posing situation that
involves biological agents that can cause harm to the human body. These some biological
agents can be viruses, parasite,bacteria, food, fungi, and foreign toxin.. Mechanical
hazards are commonplace in work industries like, mining, manufacturing, agriculture
and construction. The site's potential biological hazards may occur should any harmful
biological agents contaminate the pasig river and create an unhealthy environment that
would render the structure unsuitable for any use or function.
CHAPTER 4
94
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 2 . 3 . 3 . 1 . - NATURAL HAZARDS

The following chart shows the probability of the following natural hazards.
Table 4-8 . Probability Chart for Natural Hazards
CHAPTER 4
95
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 2 . 4 - IMMEDIATE SURROUNDINGS
4 . 3 . 2 . 4 . 1 - NEIGHBORHOOD STRUCTURES
Figure 4-41 . Neighboring Structures
The following chart shows the neighboring structres that are found within 500
meters of the site.

Table 4-9 . List of Neighboring Structures
CHAPTER 4
96
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 2 . 4 . 2 - SHADING AND SOLAR ACCESS

Figure 4-42 . Shading and Solar Access
Solar access is easily provided for as the site's only shading from the site is the
quezon bridge and the elevated railway of the LRT Line 1 that transect the site. as well
as the on-site trees that exist in the site.
Figure 4-43 . Image of LRT Line 1 Transecting the Site
Figure 4-44 . Image of the site From Quezon Bridge
CHAPTER 4
97
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 2 . 4 . 3 - SENSORY QUALITIES
4 . 3 . 2 . 4 . 3 . 1 - VISUAL QUALITY

The visual quality of the site is somewhat unique as the site is transected by
the elevated railway of the LRT into the two, being a river-front development, and a
vantage point for various historical areas within the vicinity.
4 . 3 . 2 . 4 . 3 . 2 - AUDITORY QUALITY

The auditory quality of the site is challenging as the noise from the LRT and
the occasional traffic from all the surrounding roads creates an auditory and vibratory
disturbance within the site.
4 . 3 . 2 . 4 . 3 . 2 - OLFACTORY QUALITY

The olfactory quality of the site is somewhat poor as the smell of the pasig
river during the summer is more unpleasant. But due to the efforts of the pasig river
rehabilitation commission, the unpleasant smell of the pasig river lessened throughout
the start of it'srehabilitation efforts.
4 . 3 . 2 . 5 - UTILITIES

The following chart shows the availability of utilities with the area.
Table 4-10 . Utility Availability
CHAPTER 4
98
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 3 - HISTORICAL FACTORS
4 . 3 . 3 . 1 - SITE HISTORY
4 . 3 . 3 . 1 . 1 - INSULAR ICE PLANT AND COLD STORAGE

The Insular Ice Plant was the first major project of the American resident
architect, Edgar K. Bourne, who arrived in Manila on October 10, 1901. Faced with the
countrys extreme tropical heat, a major refrigeration facility was deemed a necessity
by the Americans to keep meat fresh, ensure the beer was cold, and generate ice for
the citys residents. This major structure, with a ten-story smoke stack that served as a
landmark to the city, was completed in 1902 at a cost of $1 million on a location near
the south side of Quezon Bridge, in front of the Metropolitan Theater and Post Office.

According to Nick Joaquin, the ice plants bell served as the citys alarm clock,
chiming thrice daily: At 7am, 12 noon, and 4pm, marking the start of the work day, the
break for lunch, and the time to head home respectively.
CHAPTER 4
99
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
After the Spanish-American War, there was an increasing demand for ice in the
Philippines. This was mainly due to Americans who decided to settle here with their
families. As a result, The Insular Ice Plant and Cold Storage was born in 1902.
Designed by an American architect named Edgar Bourne, Insular Ice Plant offered
distilled water, ice, and cold storage services to the US military as well as the general
public.
CHAPTER 4
100
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
Unfortunately, it was demolished in the 1980s to make way for additional
structures that were part of LRT1. See appendix for historical maps of the area.

The site is now being leased by the city of manila to various PUV operators as
an interim inter-model terminal.

CHAPTER 4
101
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
What Big Ben is to London, the Insular Ice Plant is to Manila. The ice plants
whistle sounded three times a day- at seven in the morning, at noon, and at four in the
afternoon-and the minute-long blast that could be heard all over the city regulated our
lives: sending us rushing to school or office at seven in the morning, and rushing to
lunch at noontime, and rushing back home at four in the afternoon.

Wherefore our saying: Mabilis pa sa a las cuatro! Whenever you passed the ice
plant (on Arroceros Street, between Sta. Cruz Bridge and the Colgante) you always
took a good look at that red-brick monster that had made you so time-conscious.
CHAPTER 4
102
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 4 - LAND USE, OWNERSHIP, AND CONTROL

4 . 3 . 4 . 1 - PRESENT ZONING OF SITE AND ADJACENT PROPERTIES
4 . 3 . 4 . 1 . 1 - ADJACENT LAND USES
4 . 3 . 4 . 1 . 1 . 1 - PRESENT
Figure 4-58 . Present Use
CHAPTER 4
103
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 4 . 1 . 1 . 2 - PROJECTED
Figure 4-59 . Projected Use
CHAPTER 4
104
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 4 . 1 . 1 . 2 - PROBABLE EFFECTS OF DEVELOPMENT

Figure 4-60 . Probable Effects of Development
CHAPTER 4
105
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 4 . 1 . 2 - TYPE OF LAND OWNERSHIP

The type of land ownership that the project site entails itself is easement.
Easement is defined as a non-possessory right of use and/or enter onto the real property
of another without possessing it. It is "best typified in the right of way which one
landowner, A, may enjoy over the land of another, B".It is similar to real covenants and
equitable servitudes.

Easements are helpful for providing pathways across two or more pieces of
property or allowing an individual to fish in a privately owned pond. An easement is

considered as a property right in itself at common law and is still treated as a type of
property in most jurisdictions.
The land is currently being used by both the LRT 1 partly as the elevated railway of
the LRT 1 Train and being leased as the interim inter-modal terminal of various public
utility vehicles. The project site also houses the lawton terminal of the pasig river ferry
service but as of 2014 the lawton terminal was not included in the continuing operations
of the ferry service.
CHAPTER 4
106
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 4 . 1 . 3 . 1 - SCHOOLS AND PLACES OF WORSHIP
Figure 4-61 . Schools and Places of Worship
CHAPTER 4
107
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 4 . 1 . 3 . 2 - PLACES OF COMMERCE
Figure 4-62 . Places of Commerce
CHAPTER 4
108
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 4 . 1 . 3 . 3 - PARKS
Figure 4-62 . Parks
CHAPTER 4
109
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 4 . 1 . 3 . 4 - MUNICIPAL SERVICES
Figure 4-63 . Municipal Services
CHAPTER 4
110
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 4 . 1 . 3 . 5 - RECREATIONAL FACILITIES
Figure 4-64 . Recreational Facilities
CHAPTER 4
111
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 4 . 1 . 3 . 6 - BANKS
Figure 4-65 . Banks
CHAPTER 4
112
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 4 . 1 . 3 . 7 - FOOD SERVICES
Figure 4-66 . Food Services
CHAPTER 4
113
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 4 . 1 . 3 . 8 - HEALTH SERVICES
Figure 4-67 . Health Services
CHAPTER 4
114
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4 . 3 . 4 . 1 . 3 . 7 - ACCESS TO PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION

Figure 4-68 . Access to Public Transportation
CHAPTER 4
115
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
CHAPTER V : PROJECT PROFILE AND ANALYSIS

5 . 1 - BACKGROUND OF THE PROJECT
5 . 1 . 1 - CIVIC, SOCIAL, AND COMMUNITY CENTERS

Civic, social, and community center's are public locations where members of a
community tend to gather for group activities, social support, public information, and
other purposes. These spaces are community spaces. They are buildings which are used
for a range of disparate activities, which can be linked only by being not-for-profit.
They might be organizing centers for local activities or they might provide support
networks for minority groups such as prisoners and refugees. Often they provide a
base for initiatives such as cafes, free shops, public computer labs, graffiti murals, legal
collectives and free housing for travellers. The services are determined by both the
needs of the community in which the social center is based and the skills which the
participants have to offer.

These centers tend to be in large buildings and thus can host activist meetings,
concerts, bookshops, dance performances and art exhibitions. Also known as a free
space, these centers may be designated "safe-space" where specific forms of dialogue
and activism are encouraged and protected from harassment, or they may be intended to
serve as open space for community interaction among widely disparate groups without
censorship.

These types of centers that are open to the general public are also part of the
general third place movement in community building. Third places which include small
commercial or non-reclaimed urban spaces (or reclaimed from commercial activity
towards cooperative use) such as community coffee houses may serve a similar function
with or without an organizing focus besides localism.
CHAPTER 5
116
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
5 . 1 . 2 - COMMUNITY AND CONTEMPORARY CULTURE CENTERS

Community arts, also sometimes known as "dialogical art", "community-
engaged" or "community-based art," refers to artistic activity based in a community

setting. Works from this genre can be of any media and is characterized by interaction
or dialogue with the community. Often professional artists collaborate with people who
may not otherwise normally actively engage in the arts. The term was defined in the late1960s and spawned a movement which grew in the United States, Canada, the United
Kingdom, Ireland, and Australia. In Scandinavia, the term "community art" means more
often contemporary art project. Often community art is based in economically deprived
areas, with a community-oriented, grassroots approach. Members of a local community
will come together to express concerns or issues through an artistic process, sometimes
this may involve professional artists or actors. These communal artistic processes act
as a catalyst to trigger events or changes within a community or even at a national or
international level.

In most countries, community art is often seen as the work of community arts
centre. Visual arts (fine art, video, new media art), music, and theater are common
mediums in community art centers. Many arts companies in the UK do some communitybased work, which typically involves developing participation by non-professional
members of local communities.

The term "community art" refers also to field of community, neighbourhood
and public art practice with roots in social justice and popular and informal education
methods. In the art world, community art signifies a particular art making practice,
emphasizing community involvement and collaboration. Community art is most often
art for social change and involves some empowerment of the community members
who come together to create artwork/s with artists. This is a growing national,
international, regional and local field. Recently community arts and sustainability work
or environmental action have begun to interface, including urban revitalization projects
creating artwork at a neighbourhood level.
CHAPTER 5
117
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
5 . 1 . 3 - ORGANIZATION AND OWNERSHIP

Around the world, there appear to be 4 common ways in which the operation
of these kinds of structures are owned and organized. In the following description
"Government" may refer to the ordinary secular government or to a dominant religious
organisation such as the Roman Catholic Church; and it may refer to the central national
or international branch or to the local subdivision of it.

Community owned: The centre is directly owned and run by the local community
through an organisation separate from the official (local) governmental institutions

of the area, but with the full knowledge and sometimes even funding from (local)
government institutions.

Government owned: The centre is a public (local) government facility, though it
is mostly used for non-government community activities and may even have some kind
of local leadership elected from its community.

Sponsored: A rich citizen or commercial corporation owns the place and donates
its use to the community for reasons of charity or public relations.

Commercial: The community centre is a purely commercial entity which (tries
to) profit from renting its facilities to various community groups on terms suitable
for such use. This latter form can be hard to distinguish from some kinds of ordinary
business, but on the other hand community centres of the above 3 forms often seek to
fund their operation by renting out the facilities when not needed for community uses.

The Manila Forum is a not-for-profit organization that is established by the city
of Manila for the people of Manila. The organization receives funding from the city
of manila, associated local and national government units, and sponsorships and grants
from various other organizations and corporations.
CHAPTER 5
118
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
5 . 2 - THE CITY OF MANILA - CLIENT PROFILE

5 . 2 . 1 - HISTORY

The City of Manila was formerly known as "Maynilad" a name derived from
the Filipino words "May", which means "there is" and "Ni/ad", a native plant with
star shaped flowers, which then grew in abundance along the community's lowlying
riverbanks. "Maynilad" was later shortened to "Maynila" and "Manila" .

The City of Manila has served as the core of activities in the country since
the pre-Spanish time to the present. Manila was among the earliest Primate Cities of
Southeast Asia. During the late 19th century, small Chinese-dominated, central business
districts began to emerge. The retailing activities of fashionable goods in Manila were
sprawling along Escolta in Binondo then .

As enacted by the Philippine Commission on July 31, 1901, Manila became the
first chartered city under the American regime. In October 1903, when the 20th century
"City Beautiful" movement was in vogue in the United States of America, Secretary
of War William H. Taft through the Philippine Commission requested Burnham and
Anderson to prepare a plan for the improvement of Manila. Submitted in 1905, the
Burnham Plan has continued to influence the landscape of the Ermita-Malate districts,
providing for an ocean boulevard to Metropolitan Manila. The general layout of the
Burnham plan retained its character as reflected in the old sections of lntramuros, Tondo
and Binondo, along with other district centers.
CHAPTER 5
119
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
5 . 2 . 2 - GEOGRAPHICAL SETTING

The City of Manila, being the capital of the Philippines, is the nation's heart and
soul - the heartbeat of Filipino life. One of the oldest and largest cities in the country,
Manila remains the premier city despite the emergence of an urban sprawl that created
what is now popularly called Metro Manila or the National Capital Region.
5 . 2 . 2 . 1 - INTERNATIONAL SETTING

The Philippines is strategically located for trade and tourism in the Southeast
Asian Region with a total land area of 300,000 square kilometers, stretching 1,839
kilometers from north to southeast coast of Asia. The Philippine archipelago is
composed of 7, 107 islands, which is considered to be the largest group of islands in the
world floating along the Southeastern rim of Asia, North Borneo and South of Japan.
Taiwan and Japan bound it on the north and northwest, the South China Sea, Thailand
and Vietnam in the west, the Pacific in the east and by the Celebes Sea in the south.
5 . 2 . 2 . 2 - REGIONAL SETTING

The City of Manila is located at the central eastern portion of NCR. From
north going clockwise to south, it is surrounded by Caloocan, Quezon City, San Juan,
Mandaluyong, Makati, and Pasay City. It is the only City in Metro Manila that has a bay
located on the east side, a river which traverses in the City and a network of canals.
5 . 2 . 2 . 3 - LOCATIONAL SETTING

The City of Manila (Filipino: Maynila) encompasses a land area of 4045.8
hectares including reclaimed areas along Manila Bay with a coastline length of 190 km.
Manila is located at 14 35' North, 121 O' East ( 14.58333, 121.0) . It is strategically
situated at the mouth of the Pasig River on the eastern shores of Manila Bay, which is
on the western side of Luzon. It lies about 2,400 kilometers northeast of Singapore and
950 kilometers southeast of Hongkong. The Pasig River runs on an eastwest course
through the center and bisects the City into its northern and southern sectors.
CHAPTER 5
120
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
5 . 2 . 2 . 4 - LAND AREA
The City of Manila has a land area of about 35,966,479.65 square meters based on the
City Charter (Republic Act 409). This is still expected to increase due to the imminent
reclamation projects of the City. District V has the largest geographical share of 27.82%
of the whole City. District VI follows at 19.39% while district 1 abd 3 are both estimates
to be 15%. District 2 has the smallest %age share of the whole city.
5 . 2 . 2 . 5 - GEOPOLITICAL COMPOSITION

The City is divided into 6 congressional districts with 16 administrative districts,
100 zones and 897 barangays. Tondo, with 24 zones, was divided into two - Tondo I
which is the first congressional district and Tondo II, the second congressional district.
District Ill, with 16 zones, includes Binondo, Quiapo, San Nicolas, and Sta . Cruz.
District IV, with 17 zones, is comprised of Sampaloc alone. District V, with 32 zones,
includes Ermita, lntramuros, Malate, Paco, Port Area, and San Andres. District VI, with
11 zones, is comprised of San Miguel, Pandacan, Sta. Ana and Sta. Mesa.
CHAPTER 5
121
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
5 . 2 . 3 - GOVERNMENT
5 . 2 . 3 . 1 - LOCAL GOVERNMENT

The Mayor of Manila (Filipino: Alkalde ng Maynila) is restricted to three
consecutive terms, totaling nine years, although a Mayor can be elected again after an
interruption of one term. The Vice-Mayor is the Presiding Officer of the Manila City
Council composed of the six elected City Councilors of the legislative districts; the
local President of the Association of Barangay Captains; and the Sangguniang Kabataan
(youth council) president. The Mayor's office and Council seat is Manila City Hall. The
civic judicial branch is administered by the Supreme Court of the Philippines under the
Metro Manila judicial region.

The incumbent Mayor of the city is Joseph Estrada, former President of the
Republic of the Philippines, who defeated former mayor Alfredo Lim (2007-2013) in
the 2013 local election. Isko Moreno is the city's incumbent Vice-Mayor.
5 . 2 . 3 . 1 . 1 - COAT OF ARMS

The coat of arms of Manila is composed of the city's modern coat-of-arms, with
colours mirroring those of the National Flag. It is a modified form of the city's colonial
arms bestowed in the 16th century.

The arms consist of a pre-Hispanic shield, horizontally divided into red and
blue fields. The top, red half depicts the city's nickname, "Pearl of the Orient", while
the lower, blue half is charged with a sea-lion surmounting the waves of the River Pasig
and Manila Bay.

The sea-lion originally represented the islands's former colonial status as an
ultramar (overseas) possession of Spain, and is ultimately derived from the arms of the
Len. The arms are surrounded by a white roundel containing the words Lungsod ng
Maynila and Pilipinas (Filipino, "City of Manila"; "Philippines"), and six yellow stars
representing the city's six congressional districts.
CHAPTER 5
122
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
Figure 5-1 . Logo of the City of Manila
CHAPTER 5
123
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
5 . 2 . 3 . 3 - DISTRICTS
5 . 2 . 3 . 3 . 1 - ADMINISTRATIVE

The city of Manila is divided into sixteen officially defined administrative
districts, and subdivided into 897 barangays that are only known by sequential numbers
instead of names. The districts only exist for administrative convenience and do not
have their own sets of elected officials. Each geographical district is further divided into
officially defined "zones," which are clusters of two or more barangays. The sixteen
districts are the following: Binondo, Ermita, Intramuros, Malate, Paco, Pandacan, Port
Area, Quiapo, Sampaloc, San Andres, San Migues, San Nicolas, Santa Ana, Santa Cruz,
Santa Mesa, and Tondo.
5 . 2 . 3 . 3 . 2 - LEGISLATIVE

Aside from the division of the sixteen geographical districts, the city is also
divided into the six legislative districts that serve as the constituencies for the election
of the city's representatives to the lower house of the Congress of the Philippines and of
the regular members to the Sangguniang Panlungsod (SP; City Council). Each district
elects one representative to the House of Representatives and six SP members to the
council. The city, along with the rest of the nation, elects 12 senators as one at-large
district. The six legislative districts are the following: The 1st District is Manila's (and
the country's) most densely populated congressional district. It covers the western
portion of Tondo that lies along Manila Bay. Within this district, the northern Port
Area is located, The 2nd District comprises the eastern inland portion of Tondo, a
neighborhood known as Gagalangin, The 3rd District covers the districts of Binondo,
Quiapo, San Nicolas and Santa Cruz, The 4th District comprises solely the geographical
district of Sampaloc, a mainly residential area. The University of Santo Tomas, along
with several well-known universities is located in this district, The 5th District consists
of the geographical districts of Ermita, Malate, Port Area, Intramuros, San Andres
Bukid, and a portion of Paco, and The 6th District covers the geographical districts of
Pac, Pandacan, San Miguel, Santa Ana and Santa Mesa.
CHAPTER 5
124
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
5 . 2 . 3 . 4 - NATIONAL GOVERNMENT

Manila, being the seat of political power of the Philippines, has several national
government offices headquartered at the city. Planning for the development for being
the center of government started during the early years of American colonization to
the country when they envisioned a well-designed city outside the walls of Intramuros.
The strategic location chosen was Bagumbayan, a former town which is now the Rizal
Park to become the center of government and a design commission was given to Daniel
Burnham to create a master plan for the city patterned after Washington D.C.. These
improvements were eventually abandoned under the Commonwealth Government of
Manuel L. Quezon.

The city, as the capital, still hosts the Office of the President, as well as the
president's official residence. Aside from these, important institutions such as the
Supreme Court (Kataas-taasang hukuman), the Court of Appeals, the Bangko Sentral
ng Pilipinas, the Departments of Budget and Management (Kagawaran ng Pagbabadyet
at Pamamahala), Finance, Health, Justice, Labor and Employment, Public Works and
Highways and Tourism still call the city home. Manila also hosts important national
institutions such as the National Library, National Archives, National Museum and the
Philippine General Hospital.

Congress previously held office at the Old Congress Building. In 1972, due
to declaration of martial law, Congress was dissolved; its successor, the unicameral
Batasang Pambansa, held office at the new Batasang Pambansa Complex. When a new
constitution restored the bicameral Congress, the House of Representatives stayed at the
Batasang Pambansa Complex, while the Senate remained at the Old Congress Building.
In May 1997, the Senate transferred to a new building it shares with the Government
Service Insurance System at reclaimed land at Pasay.
CHAPTER 5
125
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
5 . 2 . 4 - LAND USE

Manila's land use today, with its fully built-up condition, is being regulated by
City Ordinance No. 8119 otherwise known as the Manila Comprehensive Land use
Plan & Zoning Ordinance (MCLUPZO) under the auspices of the City Planning &
Development Office (CPDO)

The City government encourages the establishment of private schools
throughout Manila to strengthen the delivery of basic education. Hence, the number of
private schools, specifically Day Care Centers and those that cater to the primary and
elementary levels, is experiencing positive growth.
5 . 2 . 6 - HEALTH

The City of Manila has 23 private hospitals, 6 national government hospitals,
and 4 city government hospitals. The hospitals operated by the City are the Ospital
ng Maynila, Ospital ng Tondo II, Ospital ng Sampaloc, and Got Andres Bonifacio
Hospital. Other health care facilities are 49 Community Health Centers and 280 Day
Care Centers.
5 . 2 . 6 . 1 - POLICE STATIONS AND PERSONNEL

The City has 11 Police Stations and 40 Police Community Precincts with 2, 984
uniformed personnel of which 441 accounts for the traffic police of the 170 outposts.
These stations are strategically located in different areas to facilitate immediate
enforcement of the law.
5 . 2 . 6 . 2 - FIRE STATIONS AND PERSONNEL

The City has 15 Fire Stations manned by 463 personnel.
CHAPTER 5
126
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
5 . 2 . 8 - RECREATION

The City has 53 Public Plazas, which serve as the community's breathing
spaces and places for passive recreation. Other alternative places of recreation are
public playgrounds and sports centers, which are under the supervision of the Public
Recreation Bureau. There are 80 public playgrounds and recreation centers in Manila,
occuoying a total land area of 96,632 square meters.
5 . 2 . 9 - PUBLIC ENTERPRISE

Manila has 27 public markets and "talipapas" that are strategically located in six
congressional districts. The Manila Revenue Code provides the

classification of these markets according to their generated revenues. Their classifications
as mentioned in the city ordinance are namely, Class "A", "B" and "C". The Class "A"
market refers to those markets having an average monthly income of 60,000 Pesos or
more during the preceding three months. The Class "B' refers to those markets with an
average monthly income of 30,000 Pesos or more during the preceding three months,
and Class "C" market or Talipapa refers to those markets with an average monthly
income of less than 30,000 Pesos during the preceding three months.
5 . 2 . 10 - TOURISM

Manila has proven its primacy in tourism activities as shown in the number of
hotels operating in the area. As of October 2005. Manila has the most number of hotels
in the National Capital Region with a total of 28 hotels. Manila's First Class hotels
comprises 503 of the hotels in the region, while the City's Standard and Economy hotels
comprise the 62.50 and 83.33 % of the entire number of hotels, respectively.
CHAPTER 5
127
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
5 . 3 - THE MANILA FORUM - CLIENT PROFILE

5 . 3 . 1 - THE MANILA INITIATIVE
5 . 3 . 1 . 1 - ABOUT US

The Manila Forum is a non-profit organization established by the city of Manila
for the people of Manila. The organization exists as a platform that advocates for
the development of the people of Manila through contemporary culture and civic
engagement. The Manila Forum reflects on current issues and developments in Manila
and its local culture, creating opportunities for public dialogue and the production of
contemporary cultural work and ideas.
5 . 3 . 1 . 2 - SERVICE AND PASSION

Through an extensive program of exhibitions, forums, educational, cultural and
civic dialogue, the organization is building a unique research archive focusing on the
development of contemporary culture in Manila while pioneering diverse educational
projects for individuals, families, communities and professionals. These provide the
foundation from which experimental exhibitions, events, and screenings are initiated.
5 . 3 . 1 . 3 - PHILOSOPHY

It is The Manila Forum's perception that there are many interconnected and
interdependent problems that exist in Manila. The organization believes that the bonds
between these problems can only be broken and development made truly sustainable by
addressing many of the issues simultaneously.

The Manila Forum believes it must exist, advocate, and engage in the sectors
of community building and contemporary cultural engagement of the development

context in order to be effective and sustainable. Furthermore, the organization believes
that the community will only truly embrace development if they themselves identify
their needs and lead the process of change.
CHAPTER 5
128
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
5 . 3 . 1 . 4 - MISSION

The Manila Forum exists in full commitment in the develoment of the city of
Manila by advocating for excellence in various forms of contemporary culture and

nation and community building through civic engagement and participation.
5 . 3 . 1 . 5 - VISION

Community building through civic engagement and contemporary culture.
5 . 3 . 1 . 6 - CORE VALUES

The Manila Forum believes in the importance of civilized public action through
community development and cultural appreciation and engagement.

The organization is committed to active volounteerism and a strong sense of
cooperation. We believe that an inclusive communitystronger as a collective whole

than as sole individuals. We create a sense of belonging for people of all backgrounds
and interests.

The Manila Forum believes inbuilding knowledge in order to bridge the gaps of
society while creating more opportunities for the people.

The Manila Forum operates in a transparent way that focuses on service and
accountability to the community. Stewardship is at the forefront of our management,

both fiscal and environmental.

The organization ensures authenticity and professionalism in all of our programs.
The Manila Forum is a safe place where everyone can explore their civic and cultural
identity in a multicultural setting
CHAPTER 5
129
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
5 . 3 . 1 . 4 - BRANDING

The concept for The Manila Forum logo is multiculturalism and chaos theory.
The logo aims to invoke the concept of dialogue and exchange from different people of
various perspectives, culture, religion and different walks of life. The lines transecting
each other symbolize the clash of the different views and opinions that ultimately lead
to peace and beauty. The Manila Forum logo is a static logo and therefore can be
reconfigured depending on the program or event.
Figure 5-2 . Logo of The Manila Forum
CHAPTER 5
130
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
5 . 3 . 2 - CENTER FOR CONTEMPORARY CULTURE

5 . 3 . 2 . 1 . 1 - AIM

"To engage and consume the culture while culturing and engaging the consumer."
5 . 3 . 2 . 1 . 2 - OBJECTIVES

To advocate, innovate, promote, and engage the people of the various forms of
contemporary culture and to develop culture as a capital for community development.

To develop and promote the rich diversity and uniqueness of the various forms
of art and to upgrade and enrich the awareness and consciousness of the people about
their contemporary cultural identity.

To lay special emphasis in its activities on contemporary cultural linkages
among various areas of art.

To encourage contemporary and street arts and to frame special programs for
the development and strengthening of the new modern and contemporary art forms.

To undertake such programs as seminars, workshops etc. so as to encourage
and engage the people among themselves and with those of the rest of the country in
creative cultural dialogue.
5 . 3 . 2 . 1 . 3 - DIRECTION

The Manila Forum center for contemporary culture aims to achieve full
efficiency in it's program through its "E.E.E: Experiential, Experimental, Exciting" All
the programs must be able to embody these characteristics in order to fully advocate
and work towards the goal of making culture a capital for community development.
CHAPTER 5
131
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
5 . 3 . 2 . 1 . 4 - FOCUS AREAS

The Manila Forum offers diverse creative, innovative, and engaging programs
and activities in the genres of contemporary culture such as music, dancing, arts, sports,
multi-media, theatre, entrepreneurship, leadership, and various other activities that are
appeal to the contemporary lifestyle. These programsof focus are classified but not
limited to the following:
Music activities related to music, instrumentality. Includes jamming sessions, band
performances, band fests, album launching, music workshops and lessons, seminars,
and music festivals/parades, singing competitions, acoustic sessions etc.
Dance dance lessons, dance workshops, competitions, street dance, etc.
Forum seminars, talks, focus group discussions, etc.
Arts visual,experimental, experiential, painting, street painting, graffiti art, art
installations, exhibitions by artists, art schools, foundations, artist launch etc.
Theater/Film theatre workshops, theatre productions, drama, video recording,
storyboard workshops,
IT/Multi-Media activities related to information technology, computers, gadgets,
digital networking etc. includes multimedia trainings, workshops, seminars, exhibitions
Bazaars and Food encourages young entrepreneurs to explore business
potentials. Activities may include monthly and seasonal bazaars/flea market
(Tiangge), sale of items, product launches, promos in restaurants and desserts etc.
Sports/ Street Sports activities related to training and competitive physical
activities, indoor including basketball, volleyball, badminton, table tennis, wall
climbing, swimming, futsal etc.
CHAPTER 5
132
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
5 . 3 . 3 - CENTER FOR CIVIC ENGAGEMENT

5 . 3 . 3 . 1 . 1 - AIM

"To advocate for civic engagement as a capital for community development"
5 . 3 . 3 . 1 . 2 - OBJECTIVES

To Create a focal point for community and civic pride so as to create individuals
as effective professionals and leaders for the community.

To provide increased opportunities for organized activities & socio-civic events
and to improve quality of life through enhanced social, political, and recreational
offerings.

To Provide a safe and inviting environment that offers positivie recreational,
athletic, educational, and cultural opportunities for the youth of the community.

To Enrich the lives and social opportunities of seniors by providing a central
meeting place for a variety of senior activities.

To Improve the quality of life for adults of all ages in order to enable them to be
actively involved in programs and activities that are specifically catered towards their
development.
5 . 3 . 3 . 1 . 3 - DIRECTION

The Manila Forum center for civic engagement aims to achieve full efficiency in
it's program through its "Service Learning" program where "Through service we learn,
and through learning we serve" All the programs under the center for civic engagement
must be able to embody this strategy for social change in order to efficiently advocate
for the center's existence.
CHAPTER 5
133
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
5 . 3 . 3 . 1 . 4 - CENTER FOR CIVIC ENGAGEMENT

The Manila Forum offers diverse creative, innovative, and engaging programs
and activities in solving and tackling the problems and issues of the community. These
programs are classified but not limited to the following:
Political Issues These are issues regarding various problems and affairs with regards
to the political spectrum of both the local government of Manila and the national
government.
Economic Issues These are issues with regards to various problems and affairs that
fall under the economic scope such as unemployment and livelihood wellfare.
Social Disorganization These are specific problems with regards to the socalled "problem neighbourhoods". This will focus on highly derelict and dilapitated
neighborhoods that require intervention for social uplifting.
Age and the Life Course these are issues regarding various problems and affairs
with regards to the social problems associated with different ages. One such social
problem is age discrimination.
Human Rights/Inequality these are issues with regards to various problems of
human rights and inequality. Inequality is "the state or quality of being unequal".
Inequality is the root of a number of social problems that occur when things such as
gender, race, and age may affect the way a person is treated.
Education and Public Schools Education is arguably the most important factor in
a person's success in society. As a result, social problems can be raised by the unequal
distribution of funding between public schools.
Work and Occupations these are issues regarding various problems and affairs
with regards to social problems in the workplace include occupational stress, theft,
sexual harassment, wage inequality, gender inequality, racial inequality, health care
disparities, and many more.
CHAPTER 5
134
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
Environmental Development activities related to environmental racism exists

when a particular place or town is subject to problematic environmental practices
due to the racial and class components of that space. In general, the place or town is
representative of lower income and minority groups. Often, there is more pollution,
factories, dumping, etc. that produce environmental hazards and health risks which are
not seen in more affluent cities.
Women's Affairs with the various issues regarding femininity, like the issues of
sex education and unwanted pregnancy, the affairs of abortion is put into the lime light.
Poverty/Famine Poverty is general scarcity or dearth, or the state of one who lacks
a certain amount of material possessions or money. Absolute poverty or destitution
refers to the deprivation of basic human needs, which commonly includes food, water,
sanitation, clothing, shelter, health care and education. Relative poverty is defined
contextually as economic inequality in the location or society in which people live.
Health and Medicine This refers to the affairs with regards to the problem of access
and right of the public to affordable and quality government health services and the
allied affairs that come with it.
Alcohol and Other Drugs Drugs are at times the cause of social problems. Drugs
such as cocaine and opiates offer very limited positive effects and are extremely
addictive. Many users of such drugs will commit crimes in order to obtain their fix.
Occasionally, drugs such as methamphetamine will cause deviant and violent behavior,
which would be classified as a social problem.

Refer to appendix for schedule of events
CHAPTER 5
135
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
5 . 3 . 5 - MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
5 . 3 . 4 . 1 - ORGANIZATIONAL MANAGEMENT AND HEIRARCHY
The Manila Forum is a not-for-profit organization that is established by the city
of Manila for the people of Manila. The organization receives funding from the city
of manila, associated local and national government units, and sponsorships and grants
from various other organizations and corporations.

The Manila Forum is governed by an apolitical and bipartisan board of trustees.
The board is composed of twelve members from outside elected government service
and is appointed by the mayor of the city of Manila whom acts as the chairman of the
board.

The board of trustees actively oversees the activities of The Manila Forum
setting long-term goals and priorities for the organization as well as monitoring the
organization's financial, administrative, and personnel policies. The board approves
major new program initiatives and makes final decisions in the selection of organization
grantees, fellows, and winners of The Manila Forum Grant. To accomplish these tasks, the
board meets twelve times each year in regular meetings, with special meetings of Board
subgroups convened as necessary. The board of trustees is composed of accomplished
individuals from various fields such as the academe, cultural organizations and
companies, non-government organizations, non-elected public officials in government
service, business and commerce, and various other fields.

Members appointed to serve on the board of trustees may serve no more than two
consecutive four-year terms. The members of the board of trustees, with the exemption
of the chairman of the board, are then tasked to elect from amongst themselves a vicechairman and an executive director who shall serve no more than two consecutive fouryear terms.
CHAPTER 5
136
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
Figure 5-3 . The Manila Forum Organizational Chart
5 . 3 . 4 . 2 - ORGANIZATIONAL HEIRARCHY
T H E
CHAPTER 5
137
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
5 . 3 . 4 . 3 - FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

The Manila Forum has its own financial manual and procedures. The board of
trustees monitor and approve the financial plan and strategy for and of the organization.
The head of the finance department is responsible for maintaining and controlling the
budget, allocation of overheads and for the preparation of financial reports. Independently
the internal auditors of the transparency department and external auditing check and
advise on corrective measures to ensure an accurate and transparent system.
5 . 3 . 4 . 4 - TRANSPARENCY

The purpose of the Transparency department is to provide effective support in
regard to information, decision making and activities executed by The Manila Forum
personnel. The Transparency department has a critical role to play in increasing the
effectiveness of The Manila Forumss programs and projects. It is the department
responsible for facilitating the planning processes, tracking progress versus targets and
assessing the effectiveness of activities.

Although the transparency department is not core in the sense of actually
implementing development work at the field level, it is a vital support system to enable
the core work to be done. The transparency department requires a continuous feedback
loop with planning activities being adjusted in response to interpretation of evaluation
studies.

The transparency department is the central co-ordination point for all qualitative
and quantitative program related data. The information is collated which allows it to be
used in an integrated manner, giving a view of the bigger picture. The information is
reviewed monthly at all management levels.
CHAPTER 5
138
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
5 . 4 - THE MANILA FORUM - USER PROFILE

5 . 4 . 1 - PRIMARY USERS

The primary users of the facility in terms of demographics of The Manila Forum
are generally the people of Manila that fall under the NRS social class of B,C1,C2,D
and E, specifically those in District 1 (Tondo), District 3 (Binondo, Quiapo, San Nicolas
and Santa Cruz), District 4 (Sampaloc), and District 5 (Ermita, Malate, Port Area,
Intramuros, San Andres Bukid, and a portion of Paco). The people that belong to the
urban and working class will serve as partners in community building as they will
also be the beneficiaries who will benefit from the civic and cultural programs to be
implemented by The Manila Forum in collaboration with various L.G.U's, N.G.O's &
G.O's, the youth volunteers from the various schools, organizations, and communities.
5 . 4 . 2 - SECONDARY USERS

The secondary users of The Manila Forum are various organizations that work
with The Manila Forum in community building, government and non-government

units, corporations, businesses, sponsors and stakeholders, etc., that are in unity with the
mission, vision, goals and strategies of the organization in promoting the development
and welfare of the people of manila of all ages.
5 . 4 . 2 - TERTIARY USERS

The tertiary users of The Manila Forum in terms of social demographics are
those people that are classified under the social class A. This is in lieu to the various
programs that require the participation and engagement from various groups and sectors
of the society.
CHAPTER 5
139
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
CHAPTER VI : TECHNICAL DESIGN DATA

6 . 1 - RESEARCH METHODOLOGY DATA
6 . 1 . 1 - ARCHIVAL MATERIALS
6 . 1 . 1 . 1 - PLACEMAKING AND THE FUTURE OF CITIES

The organization "Project for Public Spaces" released a journal on placemaking
and the future of cities which says that the most successful downtowns, waterfronts,
town centers and commercial hubs present a rich array of places where the life of the
community plays out. What these communities have in common is a network of streets,
paths, parks and squares that hold the neighborhood together and provide the stage or
backdrop on which public lives are played. The ground floors enjoy a tight, symbiotic
relationship with the public spaces, forming a seamless transition between indoors and
out. In order to come up with such activities, there has to be a broad array of new types
of activities and destinations located in close proximity to each other that results in the
same dynamic or active conditions that draws people to older cities and neightborhoods.
In mixed use approach new developments has to:
Begin with the public spaces as the basic framework around which housing, retail
and commercial development are planned and designed; as for the youth center, the
activities, youth services, programs retail and commercial all compose the basic
framework for development.
Build a strong sense of community by creating social gathering places; on the case
of the youth center, developing a sense of stewardship among its users and providing
places for community events;
Reflect a consensus among the development team, the community and the public
sector regarding goals and management strategies; as applied in the project.
Provide a sense of place and a variety of destinations: The Power of Ten; this is further
discussed in detail after this section.
CHAPTER 6
140
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
Offer a wide-range of uses and activities so that they are vibrant and wellused;
Support transit options and smart growth principles; for the center, it must be accessible
and be flexible enough to accommodate change adapt to ever changing and growing
necessities.
Are well-integrated into existing communities or surrounding areas;
Are well-managed and programmed and take advantage of public-private partnerships
in their operation.

Project for Public Spaces firmly believes that the success of public spaces can
largely be attributed to the activities, events, recreational uses and social encounters
that take place there, whether planned or spontaneous, and not to a fixed design.
Consequently, the approach to planning lively urban environments focuses on creating
a number of destinations that offer many things to do, 10 things to do or destinations in
1 place (The Power of 10). It is essential to determine what those 10 destination will
be but also develop a program of activities and uses for each public space, or for each
space of the project for that matter.

Since the PPS also recognizes that commercial areas and civic uses will be
a critical component in the success of a mixed-use development. And so, data and
research on how retail, restaurants and civic buildings/meanings enhance public spaces
and vice versa.
CHAPTER 6
141
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 1 . 1 . 2 - THE POWER OF TEN

The Power of ten is a concept that Project for Public Spaces uses to start off a
Placemaking process. The idea is that it's not enough to have just one great place in a
neighborhoodyou need a number of them to create a truly lively city or town. It's not
enough to have only one superior neighborhood in a cityyou need to provide people
all over town with close-to-home opportunities to take pleasure in public life. And,
it's not enough to have one livable city or town in a regionyou need a collection of
interesting communities.

A great place needs to have at least 10 things to do in it or 10 reasons to be
there. These could include, for instance, a place to sit, art to touch, music to hear,
food to purchase, historic information to learn about, and books to read. Most of the
uses and ideas have to come from the people who would use the space and hopefully
be somewhat unique to that place. These 10 great places should also define people's
experience of a city, and be dynamic enough to attract a range of user groups, keep
people coming back, and continue evolving.

the society needs to think about the special places in their communities. How
many quality places are located in the community, and how connected are they? Are
there places that should be more meaningful but aren't? Answering these questions can
help Placemakers determine both individually and collectively where they need to focus
their energies. This simple, common sense idea can be transformative for evaluating
and strategically improving an entire city or region. It gets people really thinking and
challenges them as never before.

The Power of 10 idea gets local citizens motivated and energized to turn their
places around. It suggests that by starting efforts at the smallest scale you can steadily
accomplish big changes. It also gives people something tangible to strive for and helps
them visualize what it takes to make their community great.
CHAPTER 6
142
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 1 . 1 . 3 - RESPONSIVE ENVIRONMENTS

The book Responsive Environments: A Manual for Designers by the authors I.
Bently, A. Alcock, P. Murrain, S. McGlynn, G. Smith, serves as a guide for planners and
designers on how to design a project based on its context and basic strategies to apply
and things to consider in planning and designing a particular project. The authors took
into consideration seven important key principles.

The first one is PERMEABILITY, which provided insights as to how to select
the proper site and to analyze the routes that would lead the users to the destination, and
design in such a way that the environment allows people a choice of access through it,
from place to place is the key measure of its responsiveness.

Second, VARIETY, as a site or space that is permeable, it only becomes useful
or valuable when users are offered experiential choice. Variety of experience entails
places that have varied forms, uses and meanings. Therefore in the selection of the site,
and proposing of spaces, a catchment area of 500m and 3km radius of the site, to ensure
that the design and proposal adds to the variety of the place.

Third, LEGIBILITY, the quality that makes a place graspable as defined in
the book. People or end-users can only make use of the choice given to them if they
can grasp the places layout, and what goes on there. What landmarks is there, what
particular character or design exists that people would easily remember. Especially
now, as the city grows, it is quite hard to distinguish one place from another, therefore it
is essential to identify nodes, edges, paths, landmarks and districts of a particular area,
for users to gain advantage of the sites legibility.
CHAPTER 6
143
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
ROBUSTNESS is the fourth. This quality is described as places that offer users
more choice than places whose design limits them to a single fixed use. This is very
essential for the design of a youth center, wherein the users (the youth) are very much
interactive and dynamic, and seek to try and do many activities, not just one. This is
important as to design in consideration of what activities are most probable to occur for
a particular area or space, and that space must be able to provide for it or accommodate
it.
The fifth quality is VISUAL APPROPRIATENESS. The book discusses its importance
because it strongly affects the interpretations or meanings the people put on the place.
Its true that whether designers want them or not, the symbolisms will exist as people
interpret places as having meanings. This is already a responsiveness quality. The book
further discusses its importance especially in the places that are frequented by people
such as the public space, also especially when the places cannot be altered by the users
themselves.

Sixth, is RICHNESS. This quality of responsiveness implies that the design
must provide for the total experience of the senses, or an increase in the variety of
sense-experiences which the users can enjoy. For most people the sense of sight is the
dominant sense. however richness is not purely visual in character, other senses also
have design implications. The Sense of motion, the kinetic experience of movement
experienced by the user; sense of smell, the experience that can be achieved by moving
from one place to another; sense of hearing; sense of touch. It is important to integrate
these sensory experiences to the project to provide the quality of richness of the site.
CHAPTER 6
144
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
Finally, the seventh is PERSONALIZATION. Most people work or do activities
in places designed by others, therefore designs must enable the users to personalize
the existing environments, this way people can achieve an environment which bears the
stamp of their own tastes and values. This chapter stresses the importance of public
participation. The 7th quality is definitely essential to the youth center project, as users
must gain ownership of the project by being involved in the planning and later on
designing of the centers facilities and activities.
CHAPTER 6
145
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 1 . 1 . 4 - STREETS AS PLACES

While streets were once a place where we stopped for conversation and children
played, they are now the exclusive domain of cars. Even where sidewalks are present
along highways and high-speed streets, they feel inhospitable and out of place. Traffic
and road capacity are not the inevitable result of growth. They are the product of very
deliberate choices that have been made to shape our communities around the private
automobile. We have the ability to make different choicesstarting with the decision to
design our streets as comfortable places for people.

Thankfully, in recent years a growing number of people around the world have
stood up and demanded something better. Project for Public Spaces is helping to show
the way forward, assisting communities realize a different vision of what transportation
can be.

Downtown streets can become destinations worth visiting, not just thruways
to and from the workplace. Transit stops and stations can make commuting by rail or
bus a pleasure. Neighborhood streets can be places where parents feel safe letting their
children play, and commercial strips can be designed as grand boulevards, safe for
walking and cycling and allowing for both through and local traffic.

We are poised to create a future where priority is given to the appropriate mode,
whether pedestrian, bicycle, transit or automobile. To be sure, cars have their place, but
the rediscovered importance of walking and alternative transportation modes will
bring more people out onto the streetsallowing these spaces to serve as public forums
where neighbors and friends can connect with one another.

In order for our streets to fulfill the critical town square function that is missing
in most communities today, they need to be planned and designed appropriately using
three essential guidelines:
CHAPTER 6
146
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
DESIGN FOR APPROPRIATE SPEEDS - Whereas freeways should remain
high-speed to accommodate regional mobility, speeds on other roads need to reflect that
these are places for people, not just conduits for cars. Desired speeds can be attained
with a number of design tools, including changes in roadway widths, curvature, and
intersection design. Roadside strategies, like building setbacks and sidewalk activity,
can also impact the speed at which motorist comfortably drive.

Speed kills sense of place. Cities and town centers are destinations, not raceways,
and commerce needs foot traffic. You cant buy a dress from a car. Even foot traffic
speeds up in the presence of fast-moving vehicles. Access, not automobiles, should be
the priority in city centers. Dont ban cars, but remove the presumption in their favor.
People first!

PLAN FOR COMMUNITY OUTCOMES - Communities need to first
envision what kinds of places and interactions they want to support, and then plan a
transportation system consistent with this collective community vision. Transportation
is a means for accomplishing important goalslike economic productivity and social
engagementnot an end in itself.

Great transportation facilities, such as Grand Central Terminal in New York City
and the wide sidewalks of the Champs Elyses, are transportation improvements that
have truly improved the public realm. Designing road projects to fit community contexts
can help increase developable land, create open space, and reconnect communities to
their neighbors, a waterfront, or park. They can reduce household dependency on the
automobile, allowing children to walk to school, connecting commercial districts to
downtowns, and helping build healthier lifestyles by increasing the potential to walk or
cycle. Think public benefit, not just private convenience.
CHAPTER 6
147
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
THINK OF STREETS AS PUBLIC SPACES - Not so long ago, this idea was
considered preposterous in many communities. Public space meant parks and little
else. Transit stops were simply places to wait. Streets had been surrendered to traffic
for so long that we hardly considered them to be public spaces at all. But now we are
slowly getting away from this narrow perception of streets as conduits for cars and
beginning to think of streets as places.

The road, the parking lot, the transit terminalthese places can serve more
than one mode (cars) and more than one purpose (movement). Sidewalks are the urban
arterials of citiesmake them wide, well lit, stylish and accommodating with benches,
outdoor cafes and public art. Roads can be shared spaces with pedestrian refuges, bike
lanes, and on-street parking. Parking lots can become public markets on weekends.
Even major urban arterials can be designed to provide for dedicated bus lanes, welldesigned bus stops that serve as gathering places, and multi-modal facilities for bus
rapid transit or other forms of travel. Roads are places too!

Transportationthe process of going to a placecan be wonderful if we rethink
the idea of transportation itself. If we remember that transportation is the journey, but
enhancing the community is always our goal.
CHAPTER 6
148
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 1 . 2 - DESCRIPTIVE
6 . 1 . 2 . 1 - INTERVIEWS
6 . 1 . 2 . 1 . 1 - ARCHITECT JOSE SIAO LING, FUAP

Architect Jose Siao Ling, fuap is the principal architect of Jose Siao Ling and
Associates. The interview with architect Jose Siao Ling tackled on various architectural
and contextual problems and the processes and procedures on how to deal with it. The
following are the delineated topics that are discussed during the interview:
Traffic due to congestion and additional required roads and vehicular access
Existence of LRT Line 1 elevated railway in terms of acoustic quality and maintenance
Environmental concerns such as flooding and overflowing of the pasig river
Interior architecture dictated by building capacity and population
Existence, access, and provisions for fire code requirements in service/support areas.
Code standards should act as minimum, they should be flexible in terms of the
architecture.
Green and sustainable technologies should be designed in appropriation to the context.
Ownership of the site and the surrounding facilities that are to be used and utilized for
the project.
CHAPTER 6
149
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 1 . 2 . 1 . 2 - ARCHITECT CHONA PONCE, FUAP

Architect Chona Ponce, fuap is a former partner and head of the planning
department of Palafox and associates, the former acting dean of UST college of
architecture, a former partner at the multi disciplinary firm, Archion, and held teaching
positions in the Far Eastern University college of architecture and now serves as the
Dean of the college of architecture of National University. Architect Chona Ponce runs
a sole-proprietorship practice for which projects include various small to large scale
planning projects. The following are the delineated topics that are discussed during the
interview:
Availability of adjacent site for development and land use (arroceros forest park)
Seasonal and climatic impressions of the site with focus on the quality of pasig river.
Probability and availability of park n' ride to be used as an off-site parking facility.
Opportunities for collaborative development between contextual structures.
Safety concerns with regards to the structure in relation to the LRT Line 1 railway.
Connection to the Manila tourism loop and integration of tourist information center.
Revitalization of pasig river in terms of recreation, transportation, and commerce.
Probability of income generation for the structure as additional catchment factor.
CHAPTER 6
150
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 1 . 2 . 1 . 3 - ARCHITECT GENE LAMBERT GIRON

Architect Gene Lambert Giron is registered and licensed architect and master
plumber, an associate planner for the multi disciplinary firm Archion, a lecturer at the
Far Eastern University college of architecture, and teaches review classes at JPT review
center. Consecutive interviews were held with architect gene lambert giron for which
there was an instance when he was joined by architect Ferdinand de la paz and architect
Ruth equipaje. The following are the delineated topics and aspects of the project that
are discusses during the interview:
Definition of the words "contemporary" and "culture" and their architectural translation.
The catchment area of the project in 3km radius.
Who does the project cater for? who is the target market.
Civic engagement in terms of legislation, revolution, or community development.
The lot (lawton) is a prime lot as it is a riverfront lot, why would the government of
manila put a community facility in a high-value income generating site?
Lawton is a commuter traffic site, why would anyone go there if the site is just for
passing through?
Define the emotional and societal impressions of the site and delineate the pedestrian
and vehicular relationship that exists in the site.
Should park n' ride be used as an off-site parking facility, how far is the site from the
parking structure and is it within the walkability tolerance limit?
CHAPTER 6
151
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 2 . 1 - ZONING CODES
6 . 2 . 1 . 1 - PERMITTED USES
6 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 1 - BY VARIANCE AND SPECIAL USE PERMIT

A variance is an administrative exception to land use regulations. The use
and application of variances can differ considerably throughout the great number of
municipalities worldwide that regulate land use on this model. The issuance of variances
may be very common, or nearly unheard-of in a given municipality. This can depend
on a municipality's regulations, built environment and development pattern, and even
political climate. One city may view variances as a routine matter, while another city
may see variances as highly unusual exceptions to the norm. Community attitudes
and political climates can change within a city as well, affecting the manner in which
variances are granted even when no changes are made to the regulations governing
variances.

As the site falls under the general institutional zone and the proposed structure
is institutional. There will be no need for any change in zoning or land use regulation.

However, should there be need for such a procedure, the following pictures
attached in the appendices as examples of the said data.
CHAPTER 6
152
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 2 - ACCESSORY STRUCTURES

Accessory structures are also referred to as appurtenant structures. An accessory
structure is a structure which is on the same parcel of property as a principal structure

and the use of which is incidental to the use of the principal structure. For example a
residential structure may have a detached garage or storage shed for garden tools as
accessory structures. Other examples of accessory structures include gazebos, picnic
pavilions, boathouses, small pole barns, storage sheds, and similar buildings.

In accordance to the National Building Code of the Philippines (P.D. 1096),
building uses such as private garages, carports,tanks, swimming pools and towers,
stages, platforms, multi-sports courts are considered as accessort structures (Group J -2
and j-3under the building use and occupancy).

The zoning classification for which accessory structures fall under in the PUD
(Planned Unit Development) this referes to land development or redevelopment schemes

for a new or built-up project site wherein said project site must have a Comprehensive
Development Master Plans (CDMP) or its acceptable equivalent, i.e., a unitary
development plan/site plan that permits flexibility in planning/urban design, building,
structure siting, complementarity of building types and land uses, usable open spaces
for general public use service and business activities and the preservation of significant
natural land features if feasible, whereby said CDMP must be duly approvded by the
LGU concerned.
CHAPTER 6
153
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 2 . 2 - SITE PLAN REVIEW AND OTHER LOCAL REQUIREMENTS

6 . 2 . 2 . 1 - LOT REQUIREMENTS
6 . 2 . 2 . 1 . 1 - SIZE

The specified lot of the proposed project is a parcel of land with an area of
2
12000m (1.2 Hectares) is situated in Barangay 659-A, Ermita, City of Manila, on the
west of the Pasig River.
Figure 6-1 . Site Plan
CHAPTER 6
154
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 2 . 2 . 1 . 2 - CONFIGURATION

The specified lot of the proposed project is transected by the elevated railway
of the LRT1. The line in green is that of the LRT and the red in the site boundary. The
site plan of the site is as shows.
Figure 6-2 . Site Plan Configuration with LRT Line 1 Track
CHAPTER 6
155
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 2 . 2 . 1 . 3 - SETBACKS AND COVERAGE

The specified lot of the proposed project is transected by the elevated railway
of the LRT1. The line in green is that of the LRT, line in blue are the 10m uniform
setbacks for the site and in provision to the LRT elevated railway, hatched in black are
the spaces wherein the proposed structure is to be built. The buildable area will only
2
occupy 4,420m of the 12,000m parcel area. The site plan of the site is as shows.
Figure 6-3 . Site Plan Configuration with LRT Line 1 Track and Buildable Area
CHAPTER 6
156
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 2 . 3 - THE NATIONAL BUILDING CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES

6 . 2 . 3 . 1 - RULE V - REQUIREMENTS OF FIRE ZONES

Fire zones are areas within which only certain types of buildings/structures are
permitted to be constructed based on their use or occupancy, type of construction, and

resistance to fire. The legislative body of the LGU (Local Government Unit) may
enact ordinances for the purpose of designating fire zones based on the parameters and
guidelines set forth in the national building code. There are three zones designated
in fire zones: Non-Fire Restrictive Zones, Fire Restrictive Zones, and Highly FireRestrictive Zones. As of september 2014, the city of Manila has yet to enact ordinances
with regards to specific fire zones for the city of Manila specifically ermita. But based
on observational architectural and planning survey and reconaissance of the site, it is
located in a Highly-Fire Restrictive zone due to the following reasons:
It is beside a body of water
The surrounding structures are historical and have lasted wars and thus, it can be
concluded that the materials are of high fire resistive rating.
The site is within close proximity to building of governance and public use.
The site is within 10 min walking distance of the arroceros fire station.
CHAPTER 6
157
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 2 . 3 . 2 - RULE VI - FIRE RESISTIVE REQUIREMENTS

Fire-resistive rating means the degree to which a material can withstand fire as
determined by generally recognized and accepted testing methods. Fire-resistive time

period rating is the length of time a material can withstand being burned which may
be one- hour, two- hours, four- hours, etc. All materials of construction, and type of
materials and assemblies or combinations thereof shall conform to the following fireresistive ratings:
Table 6-1 . Fire Resistive Materials
CHAPTER 6
158
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 2 . 3 . 3 - RULE VII - CLASSIFICATION BY BUILDING USE

6 . 2 . 3 . 3 . 1 - BUILDING USE AND OCCUPANCY

The proposed structure shall be classified by which majority of the spaces shall
be under the classification and general requirements by building use or occupancy.

The following are the projected groups under which the proposed structure might be
categorized.
6 . 2 . 3 . 3 . 1 . 1 - GROUP C - EDUCATION AND RECREATION

The proposed structure may be classified under Group C division 1 and 2 as
some of the proposed use of the structure falls under the principal and accessory uses of
group C such as the following:
educational and vocational institutions includng auditoriums, gymnasia, reviewing
stands, theatres, concert halls, opera houses.
seminar/workshop facilities
training centers/facilities
libraries, museums, exhibition halls and art galleries
civic centers, clubhouses, lodges, community centers
other tpes of government buildings
dancing schools, disco pads, dance and amusement halls
gymnasia, pelota courts, and sports complex
scientific, cultural, and academic centers and research centers
convention centers and related facilities

The minimum parking requirement would be One (1) off-street cum on-site
parking slot for every ten (10) classrooms; and one (1) off-RROW (or off-street
passenger loading space that can accommodate two (2) queued jeepney/shuttle slots.

Thus, a part of the proposed structure can be considered a GI (General
Institutional) structure. A community to national level of institutional use or occupancy,

characterized mainly as a low-rise, medium-rise, or high-rise building/structure for
educational, training, and related activities.
CHAPTER 6
159
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 2 . 3 . 3 . 1 . 2 - GROUP E - BUSINESS AND MERCANTILE

The proposed structure may be classified under Group E division 2 as some of
the proposed use of the structure falls under the principal and accessory uses of group
E such as the following:
restaurants, drinking, and dining establishments with less than one hundred (100)
occupancies.
bakeries, pastry and bake shops
office buildings
photographer and painter studios, tailering and haberdashery shops
paint stores without bulk handling
transportation terminal/ garage with repair shops

The minimum parking requirement for the terminal would be one (1) car slot
for every 500.00 sq. meters of gross floor area or for a fraction thereof; and one (1) offRROW (or off street) passenger loading space that can accommodate two (2) queued
jeepney/shuttle slots or two (2) queued bus slots. and one (1) car slot for every 20 sq.
meters of customer area: and two (2) tourist parking slots for tourist bus parking slots
for each theater-restaurant.

Thus, a part of the proposed structure can be considered a C-2 (Commercial
Two or Medium Commercial) structure. A municipal or city level of commercial use

or occupancy, characterized mainly as a medium-rise building/structure for medium to
high intensity commercial trade, service and business activities. The structure can also
be considered a SPE (Special) structure. Other vertical facilities not mentioned under
regular uses/occupancies of buildings/structures such as cemeteries, memorial parks
and the like.
CHAPTER 6
160
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 2 . 3 . 3 . 1 . 3 - GROUP H - ASSEMBLY LESS THAN 1000

The proposed structure may be classified under Group H division 1, 2, and 3 as
group E such as the following:
theatres and auditoriums
concert halls and open houses
convention halls
little theatres, audio-visual rooms
dance halls, cabarets, ballrooms

The minimum parking requirement for the parks and recreations part would be
one (1) car slot and one (1) jeepney/shuttle slot for every 50.00 sq. meters of spectator
area; and one (1) bus parking slot for every two hundred (200) spectators.

Thus, a part of the proposed structure can be considered a PRE (Park Structures,
Recreation and Entertainment) structure. A range of recreational uses or occupancies,

characterized mainly as a low-rise or medium-rise building/structure for low to medium
intensity recreational or entertainment functions related to educational uses. As it can
also be considered a CUL (Cultural) structure. A community to national level of cultural
use or occupancy, characterized mainle as a low-rise or medium-rise building/structure
for cultural activities e.g., cultural centers, convention centers, very large office or
mixed-use/occupancy buildings and the like.
CHAPTER 6
161
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 2 . 3 . 3 . 1 . 4 - GROUP J - ACCESSORY

The proposed structure may be classified under Group J division 2 and 3 as
group J such as the following:
swimming pools including shower and locker room
steel and concrete tanks
stages, platforms, and similar structures
pelota, tennis, badminton or basketball courts

Thus, a part of the proposed structure can be considered a PUD (Planned Unit
Development) - refers to land development or redevelopment schemes for a new or

built-up project site wherein said project site must have a Comprehensive Development
Master Plan (CDMP) or its acceptable equivalent, i.e., a unitary development plan/
site plan that permits flexibility in planning/ urban design, building/structure siting,
complementarity of building types and land uses, usable open spaces for general public
use services and Business activities and the preservation of significant natural land
features if feasible, whereby said CDMP must be duly approved by the LGU concerned.
CHAPTER 6
162
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 2 . 3 . 3 . 1 - PARKING AREA REQUIREMENTS

The parking slot, parking area and loading/unloading space requirements listed
hereafter are generally the minimum off-street cum on-site requirements for specific
uses/occupancies for buildings/structures, i.e., all to be located outside of the road
right-of-way (RROW).

The size of an average automobile (car) parking slot must be computed at 2.50
meters by 5.00 meters for perpendicular or diagonal parking and at 2.15 meters by
6.00 meters for parallel parking. A standard truck or bus parking/loading slot must be
computed at a minimum of 3.60 meters by 12.00 meters. An articulated truck slot must
be computed at a minimum of 3.60 meters by 18.00 meters which should be sufficient
to accommodate a 12.00 meters container van or bulk carrier and a long/hooded prime
mover. A jeepney or shuttle parking/loading/unloading slot must be computed at a
minimum of 3.00 meters by 9.00 meters. The parking slots shall be drawn to scale and
the total number of which shall be indicated on the plans and specified whether or not
parking accommodations are attendant-managed.

Multi-floor parking garages may serve the 20% parking requirements of the
building structure within 200.00 meter radius, provided at least 80% of the parking
requirements are complied with and integrated in the building design.

In addition to on-site cum off-RROW (off-street) parking provisions mandated
under this Rule, off-site cum off-street parking facilities may be allowed and considered
part of a project provided that such facilities specifically consist of reserved or leased
parking slots within a permanent parking building/structure and not in a vacant parking
lot or parking structure/space for a commercial development and provided further that
such parking slots are located no more than 200.00 meters away from an office or
commercial building project.
CHAPTER 6
163
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 2 . 3 . 4 - RULE VIII - LIGHT AND VENTILATION

6 . 2 . 3 . 4 . 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ON LIGHT AND VENTILATION

Subject to the provisions of the Civil Code of the Philippines on Easements
of Light and View, and to the specific provisions of the Code, every building shall be
designed, constructed, and equipped to provide adequate light and ventilation. (Refer to
Guidelines on Easements, View Corridors/Sight Lines and Basements at the end of this
Rule)

All buildings shall face a street or public alley or a private street which has been
duly approved. (Refer to Guidelines on Streets/RROW and Sidewalks at the end of this
Rule)

No building shall be altered nor arranged so as to reduce the size of any room or
the relative area of windows to less than that provided for buildings under this Rule, or
to create an additional room, unless such additional room conforms to the requirements
of this Rule.

No building shall be enlarged so that the dimensions of the required court or
yard would be less than what is prescribed for such building lot.
CHAPTER 6
164
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 2 . 3 . 5 - RULE IX - SANITATION
6 . 2 . 3 . 5 . 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ON SANITATION

Subject to the provisions of Book II of the Civil Code of the Philippines on
Property, Ownership, and its Modification, all buildings hereafter erected, altered,
remodeled, relocated or repaired for human habitation shall be provided with adequate
and potable water supply, plumbing installation, and suitable wastewater treatment
or disposal system, storm water drainage, pest and vermin control, noise abatement
device, and such other measures required for the protection and promotion of health of
persons occupying the premises and others living nearby.
6 . 2 . 3 . 6 - RULE X - BUILDING PROJECTION OVER PUBLIC STREETS

No part of any building or structure or any of its appendages, shall project
beyond the building line except as provided herein.

The projection of any structure or appendage over a public property shall be
the distance measured horizontally from the property line to the outermost point of the
projection.
CHAPTER 6
165
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 2 . 4 - THE NATIONAL FIRE CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES

6 . 2 . 4 . 1 - FIRE SAFETY IN BUILDINGS, STRUCTURES, AND FACILITIES

Every building or structure, new or old, designed for human occupancy shall be
provided with exits sufficient to permit the fast and safe escape of occupants in case of
fire or other emergency. The design of exits and other fire safety construction shall be
such that reliance for safety to life in case of fire or other emergency will not depend
solely on any single fire safety construction. Additional safeguards shall be provided for
life safety in case any single safeguard is ineffective due to some human or mechanical
failure.

Every building or structure shall be designed, constructed, equipped, maintained
and operated to avoid danger to the lives and ensure safety of its occupants from fire,
smoke, vapor and fumes, during the period of escape from the building or structure.

Every building or structure shall be provided with exits of kind, number, location
and capacity appropriate to the individual building or structure, with due regard to
the character of the occupancy, the number of persons exposed, the fire protection
available and the height and type of construction of the building or structure, to afford
all occupants convenient facilities for escape.

Every exit of buildings or structures shall be arranged and maintained to provide
free and unobstructed egress from all parts thereof at all times. No lock or fastening
device that would prevent escape from the inside of any building shall be installed
except in mental, penal, or correctional institutions where personnel are continually on
duty and effective provisions are made to evacuate occupants in case of fire or other
emergencies.
CHAPTER 6
166
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
Every exit shall be clearly visible. The route to the exit shall be conspicuously
marked in such a manner that every occupant of a building or structure will readily
know the direction of escape. Each route of escape, in its entirety, shall be so arranged
or marked that the way to a place of safety outside is unmistakable. Any doorway
not constituting an exit shall be marked to minimize its possible confusion as an exit.
Likewise, passage constituting a way to reach an exit shall be marked to minimize
confusion.

All means of egress shall be provided with adequate and reliable illumination.
Fire alarm systems or devices shall be provided in every building or structure of
such size, arrangement, or occupancy, to provide adequate warning to occupants.

Every building or structure, section, or area thereof of such size, occupancy
and arrangement such that the reasonable safety of a number of occupants may be
endangered by the blocking of any single means of egress due to fire or smoke, shall
have at least two means of egress remote from each other, so arranged as to minimize
any possibility that both may be blocked by any one fire or other emergency conditions.

Every vertical way of exit and other vertical openings between floors of a building
shall be suitably enclosed or protected to afford reasonable safety of occupants while

using exits and to prevent spread of fire, smoke, or fumes through vertical openings
from floor to floor before occupants have entered exits.
CHAPTER 6
167
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 2 . 5 - THE ACCESSIBILITY LAW OF THE PHILIPPINES

In order to promote the realization of the rights of disabled persons to participate
fully in the social life and the development of the societies in which they live and
the enjoyment of the opportunities available to other citizens, no license or permit for
the construction, repair or renovation of public and private buildings for public use,
educational institutions, airports, sports and recreation centers and complexes, shopping
centers or establishments, public parking places, work-places, public utilities, shall be
granted or issued unless the owner or operator thereof shall install and incorporate in
such building, establishment, institution or public utility, such architectural facilities
or structural features as shall reasonably enhance the mobility of disabled persons
such as sidewalks, ramps, railings and the like. If feasible, all such existing buildings,
institutions, establishments, or public utilities may be renovated or altered to enable
the disabled persons to have access to them: Provided, however, That buildings,
institutions, establishments, or public utilities to be constructed or established for which
licenses or permits had already been issued may comply with the requirements of this
law: Provided, further, That in case of government buildings, street and highways, the
Ministry of Public Works and Highways shall see to it that the same shall be provided
with architectural facilities or structural features for disabled persons.

In the case of the parking place of any of the above institutions, buildings, or
establishment, or public utilities, the owner or operator shall reserve sufficient and
suitable space for the use of disabled persons.

In case of public conveyance, devices such as the prominent display of posters or
stickers shall be used to generate public awareness of the rights of the disabled and foster
understanding of their special needs. Special bus stops shall be designed for disabled
persons. Discriminating against disabled persons in the carriage or transportation of
passengers is hereby declared unlawful.
CHAPTER 6
168
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 2 . 6 - MANILA CITY ORDINANCE NO. 8119

An ordinance adopting the manila comprehensive land use plan and zoning
regulations of 2006 and providing for the administration, enforcement and amendment
thereto. This Ordinance shall be known as the Manila Comprehensive Land Use Plan
and Zoning Ordinance of 2006 and shall hereinafter be referred to as the Ordinance,
for brevity. This Ordinance is enacted pursuant to the provisions of RA 7160 otherwise
known as the Local Government Code of 1991, particularly subparagraphs vii to x,
Paragraph 2 Sections 458 thereof Authorizing the City through the Sangguniang
Panglunsod to adopt Zoning Ordinance subject to the provisions of existing laws, and
in conformity with E.O. No. 72.
This Ordinance is enacted for the following purposes:
1. Guide, control and regulate future growth and development in accordance with its
Land Use and Structure Plans.
2. Protect the character and stability of residential, commercial, industrial, institutional,
urban, open spaces and other functional areas within the locality and promote the
orderly and beneficial development of the same.
3. Promote and protect public health, safety, peace, morals, comfort, convenience and
general welfare of the inhabitants of the City.
4. Create new opportunities for growth and change in order to improve the quality of
life and the economic well being of the City.
5. Provide the proper regulatory environment to maximize opportunities for creativity,
innovation and make ample room for development within the framework of the Citys
over-all goals and objectives.
CHAPTER 6
169
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 3 - COMPREHENSIVE LAND USE PROGRAM

6 . 3 . 1 - ANALYSIS
6 . 3 . 1 . 1 - MANILA TODAY

The City of Manila today has its strong points. It is a cultural center teeming
with culture and tradition. It is a center for popula culture as well as an educational
center. It plays host to 41 universities and college in Metro Manila with students
coming from all over the Philippines. It is also a financial center and home to the seat
of government, the Malacanang.

Compare to the other cities in the Metropolitan Manila, Manila is characterized
by a bay, a river, and a network of canals/esteros and was once envisioned to be developed
like Paris. It is the location of the walled city of Intramuros where urbanization in the
Philippines is said to have started. It is a toursm center, a historic center and a religious
center as well.

Development has concentrated along the waterfront area along Pasig River with
an agglomeration of mixed activities and land uses at the areas of Binondo, Quiapo,
and Sta. Cruz. Growth sprawled towards the south-eastern section of the city with high
intensity development at the core of the city. The clustering of universities and other
private and public schools from Gov. forber towards Claro M. Recto and Taft Avenue is
evidences by flanks of universities.

Along the Pasig River, Urban Renewal Projects were already identified as
previously discussed in the Pasig River Rehabilitation Master Plan. It encompasses

different zones of development and has identified a number of historically significant
structures.
CHAPTER 6
170
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 3 . 1 . 2 - DEVELOPMENT TRENDS AND URBAN ISSUES

Manila today has become fragmented. Its existing land use is a mix of bustling
and thriving business and trade with no ample parking slots. Non-conforming land
uses are one of Manila's pressing problems. Although zoning ordinances provided for
the spatial allocation for various urban activities, it did not provide clear regulatory
standards on the degree of various development activities. Environmental objectives of
the ordinance may have been compromised. The City of Manila, to be able to respond
to the problem of rapid urbanization, must be able to come up with an updated and more
responsive zoning ordinance.

In the Old Manila during the 19th century, commercial developments primarily
focused on the port area because of trading which eventually sprawled in to the areas
of Divisoria, Baclaran, C.M. Recto, Avenida, and Binondo. Due to this development,
Escolta became the country's first financial and business district. At present the old
Central Business Districts (CBDs)were in Escolta, Rizal Avenue and in Quiapo.

Metropolitan Manila's rapid urbanization took place when places like Makati,
Greenhills and Cubao became suburbs to Escolta, an overcrowding business district,

which needed the population to relocate residences to the suburbs, in this case, Makati,
Greenhills and Cubao in the 1930s. This overcrowding of Manila has continually
sprawled beyond its boundaries.

Major causes of the annual flooding of low-lying areas in Manila must also be
addressed. These are caused by two factors: 1) overflowing of the Pasig River and
esteros during intense storms, and 2) inadequate inland drainage facilities to cope with
excessive local surface run-offs. The areas that are frequently and oftentimes seriously
flooded are Tondo, Sta. Cruz, Sampaloc, Sta. Mesa and San Andres.

CHAPTER 6
171
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
A number of informal settlers live within danger zones along the Pasig River
and Manila Bay area creating an unattractive waterfront. Unplanned housing projects
create tangles of overhead wires that are fire hazards. Urban decay is evidenced in the
city by the present status of some historical landmarks. Pollution and uncontrolled
development in the city choke the architectural gem of the city creating an eyesore and
missed opportunities to abandoned buildings and under used lots.

Some esteros are now reclaimed and titled and are being used as private roads
and other remaining waterways are already biologically dead, like the Pasig River.
Public spaces have deteriorated due to overcrowding of activities. Manila is a picture
of a globally and locally uncompetitive city with its pollution, overcrowded spaces, and
dirty alleys. It has also developed an environment which is visually unappealing and
with a disrupted peace and order situation.

Threats to the progress of the city include the outward migration of business
opportunities to other cities and developing metropolis which has been going on for the
past five years. This has resulted to the stagnation in commercial activity and with the
decrease in real estate valuation, there is also the deprivation of customer satisfaction.
Physical deterioration of buildings has also resulted to low occupancy rate.

In a theoretical square, the present development structure of the city is a complete
segregation of place of work and place of residence. The residential development is

concentrated on the outer sphere or peripheral boundary while the places of work and
commercial activities are concentrated at the inner core. This spatial structure creates
an agglomeration of services at the inner core only that in effect causes traffic problems
going inwards at daytime and a struggle outward at night time.
CHAPTER 6
172
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
Although traversed by the Pasig River and bounded by the Manila Bay, the
city has not maximized the advantage of such for transport and its amenity value
as emphasized and planned by the City's first planner, Daniel Burnham. The two
circumferential roads of C1 and C2 with R10 as major arterial roads provide the city
good linkage to other adjacent cities and municipalities in the Metro Manila region as
well as with Central Luzon and CALABARZON region provinces.

The Buhayin ang Maynila Program consequently plays advantage on the harbor
development along Roxas Boulevard and other urban renewal areas with complementary
developments along the Pasig River under the Pasig River Rehabilitation Plan of PRRC.

Metro Manila's ongoing and proposed infrastructure projects should be taken
into account in the next three (3) to ten (10) years by the city. These are the LRT 2 that
will connect the city to Antipolo, Rizal passing through Aurora Boulevard and Ramon
Magsaysay; the Proposed LRT 4 that is planned to link the northern portion of the city to
San Mateo, Rizal and Fairview, Quezon City via Quezon Boulevard and Espana. Both
monorail developments complement the existing LRT 1 that passes along Rizal Avenue
and Taft avenue. The development of the LRT triggered commercial development in the
city in the late 80s. Given these development trends based on infrastructure commercial
development and mixed activities will eventually sprawl outwards from the inner core
of the city.

A point to consider in the present structure of the city is that aside from being
the origin of urbanization of Metro Manila with the existence of heritage structures and
landmarks. Invariably, the City of Manila is a multi-cultural and multi-ethnic city with
the residents and transients living in a sporadic development of neighborhood scale
within a multi-centered and multi-axial development.
CHAPTER 6
173
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 3 . 2 - SWOT ANALYSIS
6 . 3 . 2 . 1 - STRENGTHS
Has a land area of 1,1 25.38 has (27.87% of Manila's total , highest share)
First Manila (Intramuros)
Composed of 22 zones and 184 barangays
It has 6 administrative districts namely Ermita, Intramuros, Malate, Paco, Port Area
and San Andres
Bounded by Pasig River to the North, District VI to the East, Pasay City to the
southeast, and Manila Bay to the West
Most institutions are located/situated here namely Manila City Hall, National Library,
National Museum, U.S. Embassy, NBI, PGH etc. (Institutional Center)
Major universities are situated here namely, DLSU, UP, PMJ, PCU, Mapua, FEU.
Has a population of 290, 378 (18 .37 % of Manila's total, 2nd most populated)
Has a population density of 258.03 pa/ha
Has 23 parks and 12 playgrounds and recreational areas
Has the most number of cooperatiws (202), mos Uy multi-purpose with104 registrants
Has one of the 2 pump stations of Manila located at Ermita
Has one of the 2 PNR stations of the city which is located at Paco
Has the most number of credit cooperatives (49.20% of Manila's total)
Has 16 social welfare organizations, gowrnment and private sector
Has the most historic-cutural structures and monument
District with the most number of commercial establishment and more buildings
constructed every year
Has 1 :12 physicians to patient ratio
Has 25 private sctiools located in Mal ate, Paco, Ermita, and lntramuros The Tourist
Belt of Manila namely Fort Santiago, lntramuros , Ri:zal park and A. Mabini known for
its art galleries . and Handicraft stores
Has private hospitals and national hos pita is
High number of hotels
With substantial economies of agglomeration
CHAPTER 6
174
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 3 . 2 . 2 - WEAKNESSES
Unpaved roads account to 4.34 Km (16.57% of Manila's total
unpaved roads , 3 highest) . Has only8 public elementary schools
Lack of adequate parking faciities , especialyin Paco and Malate
Highest no. of depressed barangays
High risk to wry high risk zone (earthquake vulnerabiity)
Few number of public market . Lacks day care center, health center, and midwiws
Operating pumps tation and reservoir require rehabilitation works lacks 94 elementary
classrooms and 68 secondary classrooms
6 . 3 . 2 . 3 - OPPORTUNITIES
Has several priority development areas
The known "red district" has changed its magic and is known as the party place for
the young and old
Expansion for urban economy
To be like Makati, Los Angeles, New York, a city that never sleeps
Wholesome tourism area
Make the people more culturaly sensitive
Make the services of the city more responsive to its constituents
Enhancement of image - development of district neighborhood cluster
Impart an image of mixed contrasts
Impart an image of a place worthy of exploration
Increase amenities
High number of hotels to accommodate tourists
6 . 3 . 2 . 4 - THREATS
Informal settlers account to 11% of Manila's total
Several flood prone areas which cause traffic congestion
Ratio of non-depressed to depressed areas is 57.93 to 42.07
Solid waste management problem
Ar and noise pollution
CHAPTER 6
175
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 3 . 3 - STRATEGIC PLANNING
6 . 3 . 3 . 1 - PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS
1. Urbanization has led to the dense built-up nature of the city and deterioration has
already started.
2. Problems like flooding, deterioration of external environment (buildings), inefficient
utilities support, degradation of the natural environment, and loss of the City's
imageability and usability in terms of its unique characteristic.
6 . 3 . 3 . 1 . 2 - GOALS
1. Regain the City's imageability (visual impression)
2. Employ the maximum potential of the city's accessibility
3. Regain the city's lost usability
6 . 3 . 3 . 1 . 3 - OBJECTIVES
1. To encourage mixed use development for residential, commercial and institutional
land uses that would create less disturbances and a better connectivity to the existing
activities and accommodate future growth in an orderly fashion.
2. To rationalize the existing road network in order to improve mobility and to distribute
development systematically.
3. To identify and develop open spaces within the city into urban parks and parking
spaces.
4. To equip the city against the existing and potential development constraints.
5. To create distinction per district and exhibit their unique characteristics.
6. To improve the aesthetic features of the city.
CHAPTER 6
176
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T

1. Nodes and Landmarks. The plan proposes for the following nodes and
landmarks: 1) major landmarks for the City of Manila are the parks and plazas being
rehabilitated under the Buhayin ang Maynila projects as well as historical areas already
identified by NHI 2) access nodes to the city from the north R-10 Navotas via Roxas
Boulevard on the north, from Caloocan City via Juan Luna, Jose Abad Santos Avenue
from Quezon City Chinese Cemetery; from the east (Quezon City and Mandaluyong)
Andres Bonifacio Avenue via North Cemetery, Welcome Rotunda., Ramon Magsaysay
Boulevard via Sta. Mesa, Tejeros via J.P. Rizal, Pres. Sergio Osmefia Bridge,
TaftAvenue cor Vito Cruz, Roxas Boulevard cor. Vito Cruz ; 3) commercial nodes
at Binondo Escolta-Sta. Cruz area, Juan Luna Avenue, Tutuban area, Avenida Rizal,
Quiapo area, Tayuman, and Recto; and 4) access nodes via LRT terminals along Rizal
Avenue, Ramon Magsaysay Avenue and on proposed line along Espana Boulevard all
intersecting at major point at Old Bilibid Prison, development at reclamation area and
waterfront development along Manila Bay area and Pasig River area.

2. Waterfront Reorientation Program. This proposes the rejuvenation of the Pasig
River as a major transport route and therefore, developments should be encouraged to

be oriented towards it.
CHAPTER 6
177
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
3. Waterfront Development Project. This project is aimed at developing
Manila Bay Area as a commercial, park and leisure zone. A detailed technical survey,
mapping and documenting of the entire area will have to be undertaken. Towards its
conceptualization, an initial site analysis and feasibility study would be organized to
provide the developer with answers to land-related issues before the land is negotiated
for development. Studies should include the following:
existing uses, value and potential uses;
financial returns;
physical, social and environmental constraints and the
physical adaptability of the waterfront area to various uses;
the laws and zoning (affecting use, public health, safety and welfare)
utility availability such as water, electricity and sewer;
transportation and access requirements;
communications, site characterization, soils;
waterfront development restrictions, and other preservation policies.

4. City of Manila Land Banking. This project's objective is to develop a databank
on the location, size, ownership and other relevant information on vacant land, idle lands
and public lands throughout the city, which will be used to guide the Local Government
Unit for determining specific actions such as in-filling, land banking, open space and
park development, housing and resettlement, among others.
CHAPTER 6
178
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
5. Urban Space Development. This proposes for the prov1s1on of greenspaces,
landscaping, streetscape improvements, provision of public amenities such as plazas,

parks and recreational/entertainment areas. The proposed open space network is
formulated based on the conceived plan of Burnham for Manila.

6. Easements Improvement and Rehabilitation Project . In line with the city's
open space program and strict enforcement of the water code, easements that are
encroached along the esteros and creeks will be recovered. Activities within the next
three years for the infrastructure sector shall include:
Identification of easement areas - delineating and monumenting easement areas; and
Information system development - database on the number of families, number of
households, utilities and other properties affected should be mapped for reference and
legal purposes.

The displaced families will then be considered beneficiaries of the city's
resettlement project.

7. Blighted Area Identification. A study wherein areas of the city are surveyed
for blight. This will guide the city towards which portions are in need of development
actions.

8. Urban Design. This project is for the purposes to fully exhibit the unique
characteristics of each area in the city and to revitalize these areas identified to have
significant value or blighted areas.
CHAPTER 6
179
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 3 . 3 . 2 - SOCIAL CHARACTERISTICS
1. Densely populated requiring higher employment opportunities and increased basic
social services
2. Declining population growth rate
3. Increasing number of informal settlers especially in Tondo area
6 . 3 . 3 . 2 . 2 - GOALS
1. Attain a manageable population
6 . 3 . 3 . 2 . 3 - OBJECTIVES
1. To provide the population with their basic services

1. City of Manila Population Management Program - To promote responsible
parenthood among couples of reproductive age by encouraging them to bear and raise
healthy and educated children according to their capacity and resources (Natural Family
Planning).

To curb rising mortality rates, particularly among infants and children, increase
local funding and personnel support for child survival programs of the Manila Health
Department and expand the accessibility to these services. Concretely, this requires
ensuring an adequate and timely supply of resources, including vitamin supplements
and vaccines, for prenatal and postnatal care, maternal and child health, under-five
and nutrition programs. Outreach programs to health high-risk and vulnerable groups
will be conducted in the communities. In these outreach activities, health workers will
encourage health-seeking and health-promoting behavior among community residents.
CHAPTER 6
180
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
Promote breastfeeding among mothers and ensure full immunization of
children before they turn one year-old. Adopt an integrated management of childhood
illnesses (IMCI) while at the same time strengthen under-five programs such as growth
monitoring, nutrition, control of diarrheal diseases, and control of acute respiratory
infections.

Since migration to and from Manila is mainly induced by economic opportunities,
rationalize the distribution of employment and commercial establishments. Where

possible, locate economic investments and housing in mixed use medium density areas.
This will encourage residents to stay in these areas instead of working in the City of
Manila but living outside it. In addition, increasing decent and affordable housing in
Manila will attract return migrants. More residents of a city means a larger tax base.
This will also ease attendants to implement these programs. Outreach programs to
health high-risk and vulnerable groups will be conducted in the communities. In these
outreach activities, health workers will encourage health-seeking and health-promoting
behavior among community residents.
CHAPTER 6
181
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 3 . 3 . 3 - SOCIAL WELFARE
1. High number of street children, child laborers, scavengers, drug dependents, youth in
conflict with the law and victims of abuse exploitation and discrimination.
2. Lack number of gender sensitive facilities, services and programs
6 . 3 . 3 . 3 . 2 - GOALS
1. Empower women, youth and children.
2. Ensure that the gender and development budget memorandum is implemented
3. Enhance all local government employees' understanding of gender and development
concepts and issues.
4. Enable older persons to have access to basic socio-economic services and facilities.
5. Ensure that facilities in the city can be used effectively and efficiently by persons
with disability.
6. Assist an early detection of disabilities and promote intervention activities.
7. Provide services for children in need of special protection
CHAPTER 6
182
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 3 . 3 . 3 . 3 - OBJECTIVES
1. To establish women's desks in police stations and hospitals
2. To establish youth activity centers that offer opportunities for positive activities as
well as counseling and information.
3. To monitor the implementation of the Department of Budget and Management
memorandum which mandates that 5% of the total local budget of government units
and government agencies will be used forgender and development (GAD) activities.
4. To conduct basic gender sensitivity training and gender mainstreaming workshops
among LGU multi-level employees (e.g. department heads, barangay chairmen).
5. To establish a senior citizens' center.
6. To give priority to older persons to medical practitioners for proper health care and
nutrition.
7. To give formal recognition to positive contribution of older persons, outstanding
youth and family, and other role models.
8. To inspect utilities and facilities (streets, sidewalks, parking spaces, traffic lights,
stairs, doors, lifts, public toilets, phone booths) and, when necessary, make appropriate
renovations to make the PWD-friendly (person with disability).
9. To conduct a city-wide campaign on disability prevention and management.
10. To provide protective services to street children, child laborers, former drug
dependents, youth in conflict with the law, and victims of abuse and exploitation.
11. To conduct poverty diagnosis I planning workshops.
12. To establish child-friendly barangays.
13. To establish a children and women protective council.
CHAPTER 6
183
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T

1. Women's Desks Project - Women's desks are units in police stations and
hospitals managed by full-time personnel trained in gender sensitivity and in handling

gender related cases (e.g., domestic violence, sexual harassment, rape, child abuse).
Women's desks are an institutionalized mechanism to detect, manage, and monitor
gender-related cases. The Manila Department of Social Welfare will coordinate with
the various police stations and hospitals forthe establishment of women's desks.

2. Monitor 5% GAD budget - The City Planning and Development Office
(CPDO) will monitor the implementation of the Department of Budget and Management
memorandum which mandates that five % of the IRA of local government units and
government agencies will be used for GAD activities. The memorandum also directs
LGUs and GAs to ensure that gender concerns are considered in the local budgeting
system.

3. Gender sensitivity training and gender mainstreaming - Basic gender
sensitivity training and gender mainstreaming workshops will be conducted among

local government employees. The CPDO will either moderate these workshops or
coordinate with the training units of the National Commission on the Role of Filipino
Women or the University of the Philippines Center for Women's Studies.

4. Youth centers establishment and adolescent counseling service - These
youth activity centers are intended to be places for creative and positive activity. They
can also offer health and psycho-social information and counseling. These centers
will be established in places where youth frequent, such as in malls, internet shops,
sports centers, and schools. The centers will be staffed by one or a combination of the
following: personnel from the Manila Department of Social Welfare, staff from social
welfare non-government organizations, trained peer counselors and volunteers from
the Sangguniang Kabataan, schools, and church-based organizations.
CHAPTER 6
184
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
5. Program for older persons - The program for older persons will follow the
guidelines set in the Senior Citizens Welfare Act (RA 7432) which aims to maximize
the contribution of the elderly to nation building.

A senior citizens center will be established, as mandated by the law, to be a venue
for social interaction as well as for educational and livelihood activities. The Manila
Department of Social Welfare will manage the center. Older persons will have access
to medical practitioners for proper health care and nutrition. The Manila Department
of Social Welfare will coordinate with professional associations such as the Philippine
Medical Association for volunteers who will offer medical services to older persons.
Private corporations will also be tapped for health equipment and supplies, including
medicines. In the same manner, MDSW will link with the Technology and Livelihood
Resource Center for skills development training for livelihood activities.

6. Role Model Awards - The awards will be conferred by the City of Manila
to individuals, groups, families, institutions who have made a significant positive

contribution to the city or who are considered positive role models to its citizens (e.g.
Awards for children-friendly barangays).

7. PWD-friendly Facilities Construction and Improvement - The Manila
Department for Social Welfare will coordinate with the City Engineer's Office, City
Building Official, and DPWH in inspecting utilities and facilities (streets, sidewalks,
parking spaces, traffic lights, stairs, doors, lifts, public toilets, phone booths) and, when
necessary, making appropriate renovations to make them PWD-friendly.
CHAPTER 6
185
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
8. Disability Prevention Campaign - A city-wide campaign on disability
prevention and management will be made by the MDSW in cooperation with Io ca I

TV and radio stations.

9. Program for children in need of special protection - The MDSW will continue
to provide protective services to street children, child laborers, scavengers, former drug
dependents, youth in conflict with the law, and victims of abuse and exploitation. MDSW
staff will likewise continue to be trained in giving assistance in case management and
institutional care.

10. Implementation of the Philippines National Strategic Framework Plan
Development for Children 2000-2025.

11. Implementation of the Philippine Plan for Gender-Responsive Development
1995-2025.
CHAPTER 6
186
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 3 . 3 . 4 - PROTECTIVE SERVICES
1. High incidence of crime rate
2. Poor condition of protective equipment and patrol cars which causes slow response
to emergencies
3. Lack of numbers of policemen and firemen
4. Lack of lighting in roads and narrow streets which causes low visibility in these
areas.
6 . 3 . 3 . 4 . 2 - GOALS
1. Meet the PNP manning level standard of one policeman per 500 population and
provide additional equipment
2. Promote peace and order in the whole city
3. Enable the communities to prevent and/or mitigate the impact of disasters
6 . 3 . 3 . 4 . 3 - OBJECTIVES
1. To hire additional policemen and equip them for law enforcement
2. To train and mobilize barangay tanods for peacekeeping activities
3. To provide additional security in public places and to deter crime
4. To provide more street lighting and, where possible, clear obstructions to the street
view
5. To undergo disaster mitigation and preparedness training modules in all barangays
6. To identify fire hazards and prepare fire prevention measures in these places
CHAPTER 6
187
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T

1. Strengthened Police Force - In order to meet the PNP manning level standard
of one policeman per 500 population, the City of Manila will employ additional
policemen, train, and equip them for law enforcement. The WPD will determine the
additional equipment required for law enforcement and allot funds for the purchase
of such equipment. Policemen will also be trained in community mobilization for
peacekeeping and in improving police-community relations.

2. Activate all barangay tanods - More barangay tanods will be mobilized for
peacekeeping in the barangay and in monitoring the implementation of curfew in their

area. The Local Peace and Order Councils will be asked to collaborate with the barangay
tanods.

3. Provision of police in public places - The Western Police District will
determine strategic places where policemen can be assigned for heightened visibility.
Policemen will also be assigned in busy public places, such as in LRT stations, malls,
schools and universities. If necessary, additional police outposts will be constructed and
more "cops on bicycles" will be deployed.

4. Provision of street lighting and "Eyes on the Street" - The City Planning
and Development Office and the City Engineer's Office will identify streets that need
additional lighting and provide street lighting. Unnecessary obstructions to the street
views, such as tall walls, will be pinpointed and torn down. Priority will be given to
street lighting and obstruction clearing in areas where peace and security are lowest.
CHAPTER 6
188
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
5. Disaster Preparedness Training Modules - As a complement to the disaster
relief and rehabilitation program of the Manila Department of Social Welfare,

barangays will undergo disaster mitigation and preparedness training modules (e.g., fire
prevention, rescue operations, first aid}, especially for communities at risk of natural
and man-made disasters. The MDSW will request training assistance from the Center
for Disaster Preparedness Foundation Inc.

6. Fire prevention program - The Bureau of Fire Protection will identify and
locate fire hazards in the city and prepare fire prevention measures in these places, Such
as increasing access for fire trucks and rehabilitating the electrical system used in the
area. Fireboats will be maintained and prepared at all times for fire incidents.
CHAPTER 6
189
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 3 . 3 . 5 - RECREATION
1. Lack of open spaces and green areas for relaxation and sports activities
2. Lack of public toilets in parks and plazas
6 . 3 . 3 . 5 . 2 - GOALS
1 . Create more open spaces
2. Promote sport activities and community participation
3. Launch a wide campaign on the value of reading
4. Form additional interest groups in the city
6 . 3 . 3 . 5 . 3 - OBJECTIVES
1. To study the possibility of a legislated incentive system for residents or businesses
that build and maintain these gardens
2. To identify and make available alternative places for public sports and recreation
3. To strengthen public libraries and create more reading centers

1. Urban Greenery Projects - These urban gardens and even botanical gardens
can be created on various building levels, maximizing the land area used. The City
Council will study the possibility of a legislated Incentive system for residents or
businesses that build and maintain these gardens. Represented by the following was
(Proposed Open Space Network) is the approximate location of the open space for the
city based from the Burnham Plan of connected open spaces. May this serve as a guide
for the future construction and rehabilitation ofopen space provision.
CHAPTER 6
190
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
2. Identification of alternative Places for sports and recreation - These alternative
places of recreation include schools and universities during weekends or school breaks
and large commercial establishments such as malls. With the improvement of the
Manila Bay area, the local government and private groups can sponsor water sports or
boating activities in appropriate areas. Arrangements will be made with theater and arts
groups to sponsor performances in public parks and amphitheaters. Film societies and
movie establishments will be tapped to show alternative (historical, local, educational)
movies.

3. Conduct of barangay sports competition and sports clinics - The Manila
Sports Council will coordinate with the Department of Education (Bureau of Physical
Education and School Sports) and Philippine Sports Commission for these barangay
sports events. Private corporations will be requested to co-sponsor events. Sports clinics
for training and retraining local officiating persons will be held.

4. Provision of more public toilets in places of public recreation - More public
toilets will be provided in parks, plazas, and other places of recreation . Minimal user
fees can be collected for the maintenance of these toilets.

5. Campaign for reading - Highly recognizable role models will be involved
in the campaign for reading. Reading will be promoted as a valuable and affordable
recreational activity. In support of this campaign, public libraries will be strengthened
and more reading centers will be created.
6. Organize interest groups - The local government will take the lead in organizing and
supporting interest groups, such as daily exercise groups, horticulture clubs, painters
and artists, musicians, bands. These groups will be invited to public exhibits and
performances.
CHAPTER 6
191
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 3 . 3 . 6 - UTILITIES AND CHARACTERISTICS

1. Current water supply staggers and trends predict that more will be needed.
2. Water safety precautions seem to be a bit disregarded by few residents especially of
informal sector/squatters.
3. Presence of convoluted overhead electrical wirings and other cables (Cable
Spaghetti) all-over the city.
6 . 3 . 3 . 6 . 2 - GOALS
1. Attain a wide coverage of water supply and stability of provision
2. lmprovementof utility services
6 . 3 . 3 . 6 . 3 - OBJECTIVES
1. To gain steady provisions of water for all sectors of the community/society.
2. To educate the community of water safety measures.
3. To improve utility provision facilities to increase efficiency in delivery of services.

1 . Water Safety Precaution Program, Water Conservation Drive and Community
Water Resource Stations.

2. Water Supply Assurance Program. With an increasing demand for potable
water supply and the development and growth of new areas, a planned development
of new distribution system will avoid non-sustainable production and consumption of
water. This program involves increasing water supply and improving water pressure in
the area. These may be in the form of new storage tanks and additional booster pumps.

3. Underground Cable System. A feasibility study for the placement of overhead
cables underground in major thoroughfares, to improve aesthetic value of the area as

well as a safety precaution, should first be conducted and then put into reality.
CHAPTER 6
192
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 3 . 3 . 7 - TRANSPORT
1. Increasing vehicular traffic and low road vehicular capacity leading to a wide
coverage of traffic jams.
2. Low road maintenance and flooding resulting to its poor condition presence of holes.
6 . 3 . 3 . 7 . 2 - GOALS
1. Develop a reliable, attractive and cost-effective public-transportation system to
reduce the use of the private automobile as an exclusive transportation system.
2. Provision of an efficient and safe Inter-city and intra-city transport.
3. Promote the easier and faster flow of traffic in the City especially in the busy streets
of the City Core.
6 . 3 . 3 . 7 . 3 - OBJECTIVES
1. To complement existing roads by higher capacity mass transit system and better
traffic management.
2. To reintroduce riverine transport along vital river crossings.
3. To provide a viable public transport service that links the various location in the City
to improve internal connectivity and promote commercial and social interaction.
4. To ensure that all road improvements shall be designed to minimize intrusion into local
community landscape and improve the level of service in terms of safety, convenience,
environmental integrity and aesthetic quality.
5. Ensure efficiency of traffic flow through maximizing the use of existing roads.
CHAPTER 6
193
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T

1. Walking District. Conduct a study on specific areas of the City that incur
high human activity wherein in order to control vehicular traffic vehicular access limits
can be imposed. In line with the concept of TODs, here parking areas are provided
for in the outer limits of the district and walking is encouraged to go through the area
or use of the mass transport facilities. Parking facilities at development nodes should
also be developed with a management system to regulate on-street parking. A detailed
study should be undertaken over the next two years to define and determine the optimal
location forthe parking facility locations.

2. Roads and Bridges Rehabilitation Drive. A program where the community
and government work hand-in-hand in maintaining the good condition of transport

infrastructures.

3. Traffic Improvement and Management Project .The entire network of roads
as well as the proposed public transport terminal studies will be taken into consideration
in developing a matrix of traffic intervention. The projects aims to improve the flow of
vehicular traffic at congested intersections through short-term infrastructure projects
such as signalization, channelization and grade-separation.

4. Upgrading of Water Transport Docking Facilities Project. The project is aimed
at improving the accessibility of the CBD via the River system. Being a component of
a bigger renewal program, the project will entail coordination with national agencies.
The project involves the construction of covered platforms along the Pasig River.
CHAPTER 6
194
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
5. Structure Access Plan. It was difficult to analyze the traffic volume following
the classical traffic modeling exercises, given the available data and information on
Manila . In many previous planning exercises, growth in passenger traffic was forecasted
as a derived function of population growth, growth in income and income elasticity
of demand for transport. Since very little data is available on per capita income and
considering the anticipated changes in urban activities and the declining historical
population trend, any forecasted values would be subject to a significant amount of
error. This is further compounded by the fact that the measurement of transport demand
elasticity has always been a controversial issue and there appears to be no general
agreement on what values to use.

This planning exercise opted to use simulated scenario analysis using assumed
land uses and principal origins and destinations of trips, and utilizing existing estimates
of daily traffic volume. For local trips, the entire development areas are clustered into
zones, centered around development foci from which traffic movement was estimated
to provide accessibility performance indicators. Several possible route combinations
were analyzed with the objective of evolving the best network plan characterized by
the less improvement requirement and efficient traffic volume movement and minimum
delay. The best evolved system is provided by the network as indicated in the Access
Plan.
CHAPTER 6
195
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 3 . 3 . 8 - FLOOD CONTROL
1. Wide coverage of flood risks
2. Presence of clogged drainage system and esteros
3. Present drainage facilities can no longer efficiently accommodate present and future
needs as a flood control infrastructure
6 . 3 . 3 . 8 . 2 - GOALS
1. Ensure the free flow of water through the drainage system
2. Minimize the flooded areas
6 . 3 . 3 . 8 . 3 - OBJECTIVES
1. Improvement of the flood control facilities
2. Removal of obstructions in the drainage system
3. Identification and implementation of flood alleviation measures

1. Estero Watch. Flooding in the City are mostly caused by inefficient water
diversion and outflow/diffusion. To ensure proper flow of water, regular monitoring

and maintenance of the esteros are to be conducted. A solution is the formation of a
responsible agency or organization solely for the strict monitoring and maintenance of
the City esteros.

2. Adopt an Estero. An operationalization of an Information and Education
Campaign for the importance/relevance of the city's natural drainage system wherein
the concept of business improvement district (BIDs) is applied. This is where a certain
community is assigned to take care of a certain estero running through their community,
"adopting" it and maintaining the free flow of water and ensuring that the water does
not become a disposal site for garbage. This is in cooperation with the local government
and with the supervision of the MMDA/DENR.
CHAPTER 6
196
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
3. Uniting the Missing Esteros. Another main contributor to flooding is the case
of missing esteros where original esteros are encroached upon by certain infrastructures
or are closed off to make way for new developments thus hindering the flow of water.
Identification and reconnecting these missing esteros either by making new water ways
or letting it pass through its original path. If there is already an existing development in
the path of the water, underground facilities is then encouraged to make use of less land.

4. Resizing of main drainage pipes particularly near schools and in the commercial
districts. In view of the density of the buildings and short times of concentration
(about 5minutes to 10 minutes), rainfall intensities for a ten-year return period with
a coefficient of run-off of 0.85-0.9 for paved areas, the sizes of pipes serving 5 to 10
hectares of property should have at least 3f :>f pipe diameter draining the area. The
minimum size of pipe draining a 100-sq.m. property should at least be 0.3m in size.
Initial areas proposed for review are
the Malate-Taft-Zobel Roxas district
The Recto-University Belt area
The Espana-drainage area
The Tondo-Antipolo-Railway drainage laterals
The Binondo-San Nicolas-Tonda ( 1stand 2nd District) DrainageArea In flood prone
areas where public institutions are located ( schools, health centers etc.)
CHAPTER 6
197
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
5. Publication of Flood Risk Map Flood risk map is recommended to be
published and disseminated to the inhabitants and governmental agencies concerned.

The flood risk map will inform Manilenos about the flood risk of their locality and
will aid them in preparing for the flood with the establishment of evacuation routes
and evacuation areas. A flood risk map shall be prepared for each drainage district (not
political district) and proper organization shall be instituted. For its preparation, the city
must conduct surveys of the sewershed to properly identify and assign communities to
drainage areas This should also aid in controlling the relative elevations which change
when new constructions are made or changes in the physical structure of the drainage
network are effected.

6. The increase in pumping capacity towards a combined carrying capacity of a
10 year return period flood . This flood alleviation measure to increase pump capacity
to remove 10 year return period flood may be cost effective along with increasing the
canal drainage capacities. Locations where pumping capacity may be increased can
be seen in the tables presented below. This work is under the MMDA flood control
division, the city government can coordinate and work towards an integrated system of
drainage.
CHAPTER 6
198
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 3 . 3 . 9 - ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CHARACTERISTICS

1. Degrading environmental quality.
2. Increasing number of people and industries being served.
6 . 3 . 3 . 9 . 2 - GOALS
1. Promote/Instill environmental awareness/stewardship in the City's constituents
2. Conserve, uphold and protect the City's environmental quality
3. Be known as an environmental friendly city
4. Maintain a clean, comfortable and inviting environment for the residents and visitors
complementing the historical City of Manila
6 . 3 . 3 . 9 . 3 - OBJECTIVES
1. To promote an effective IEC about pollution regarding its consequences, mitigation
and other precautionary measures.
2. To promote the use and consumption of environmentally friendly products.
3. To expose environmental abusers.
4. To closely monitor the activities in the City.
5. To reduce environmentally hazardous elements.
6. To provide incentives for upholding the quality of the environment.
7. To enforce proper easements.
CHAPTER 6
199
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 3 . 3 . 9 . 4 - PLANS ANG PROGRAMS

1. IEC on Environmental Stewardship.
2. Environmental Awareness Projects. Projects wherein the primary goal is to
uphold the quality of the environment where all constituents of the city is involved.

3. Local Environmental Monitoring Organization.
4. Strict enforcement of ISO standards through ISO certification of all industries
and businesses located in periphery of the water bodies. ISO certification of other
industries is also encouraged.

5. Observance of Proper Easements on Water Bodies. This is to reduce the
coincidences of polluting the waters. The most frequent polluter are the squatter
settlement/informal settlement for they do not practice proper solid waste management
and sanitation practices due to lack of facilities.
CHAPTER 6
200
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 3 . 3 . 10 - WATER QUALITY
1. Solid waste are found all-over the surface of water bodies and in its substrate.
2. Water quality has degraded considerably.
3. Inadequacy of area-wide sewerage system.
6 . 3 . 3 . 10 . 2 - GOALS
1. The restoration of good/acceptable water quality of the City
6 . 3 . 3 . 10 . 3 - OBJECTIVES
1. To form a body composed of multi-partite effort that monitors and protects the city
waters from pollutants and polluters.
2. To assure that liquid waste/effluents do not change the water quality in its disposal
area/sink.
3. To recover the Bay and riverine system.

1. Storm Water Collection. From the household to large industries to local A.
Emerging Issues and Concerns infrastructures, storm water collection is encouraged in

order to conserve water by using the already available water (e.g. street flushing, park
sprinklers, gardening, etc.). This of course with provisions for possible disease causing
agents.

2. Oil Recovery Program. A program based on removal of oil spills and other oil
based products from the bay waters and esteros. These are studies regarding the optimal
solution.

3. Dredging and Clearing of the Water Body Substrate.
CHAPTER 6
201
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
4. Consider the installation of small decentralized community wastewater
treatment systems. Considering the sub drainage districts given earlier, an initial step
should be the planning for a separate wastewater collection piping system in each
district. This requires a site selection activity for these small decentralized WWTPs
and then planning for the piping layout, considering the topography, natural drainage
and the lift stations in the areas. As the water is passed through the area, treated water
may be returned to the downstream portion and/ or possibly re-used for washing streets,
watering of plants in open spaces or in islands and other possible purposes. The Proposed
Locations for Small Wastewater Treatment Plants Map indicates tentative locations of
small decentralized wastewater treatment plants. The locations are the operations of
the plant. The separate lines collecting the wastewater may run parallel to the storm
drainage lines so that tapping to this new line may be easy. Another consideration is
the capacity to pay of the people. This has to be worked out with the local business
community for possible joint ventures.

5. Consider the installation of water quality monitoring stations. With the
installation of water quality monitoring stations or even mobile water-quality monitoring

systems, the city can make this an income generating activity so that funds can be made
available to guarantee a reasonably safe and clean city. This may be needed even before
the WWTPs as preparation for ascertaining the level of water quality that will enter
the WWTPs so that cost of treatment can be reduced also. This also serves as a check
against erring industries that pollute city waters. Fines and fees can be imposed for
the penalties and processing of documents. Locations of water monitoring stations are
effectively located near junctions of rivers or esteros or probably before entering the
wastewater treatment plant.
CHAPTER 6
202
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 3 . 3 . 11 - AIR QUALITY
1. Increasing number of vehicular traffic in the city.
2. Decreased open spaces with trees.
6 . 3 . 3 . 11 . 2 - GOALS
1. Improve the air quality
6 . 3 . 3 . 11 . 3 - OBJECTIVES
1. To form a body that monitors the air quality status.
2. To encourage citizens to participate in making their environment safe and healthy.

1. Improvement and Update of theAir Quality Billboards by the DENR.
2. "Eye on You" Program. A Live-Cam Broadcast of Busy Streets where smoke
belchers are spotted and previewed for the whole area to see.

3. Improvement of Mass Transportation Facilities. This is to encourage its use.
4. PUV/PUJ Assessment Study. A study on the actual number of public utility
vehicles being used. This is in order to minimize and regulate the number of these
vehicles roaming the streets of Manila therefore reducing the traffic jams.
CHAPTER 6
203
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 3 . 3 . 12 - SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

1. Flood occurrence is only one of its effects.
2. The whole Metropolis is having trouble finding a final disposal site.
6 . 3 . 3 . 12 . 2 - GOALS
1. Provide an efficient and environment friendly system that will encourage the
reduction of solid waste and will facilitate the prompt and sanitary way of collecting
and disposing of garbage
6 . 3 . 3 . 12 . 3 - OBJECTIVES
1. To promote and improve proper solid waste disposal system within the City
2. To effectively reduce the volume of garbage at domestic level by implementation of
segregation and composting techniques
3. To acquire and place an integrated transfer station facility

1. Installation of an integrated transfer station within the Tondo Area and other
support transfer stations to facilitate efficient transfer of loads.

2. Conduct an extensive public information drive and organize a community
based solid waste management arm that will reduce garbage from domestic level.

3. Enactment of an Ecological Solid Waste Management Plan for the City
4. Establish close coordination with other cities and municipalities for solid
waste management practices
CHAPTER 6
204
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 3 . 3 . 13 - URBAN ENVIRONMENT
1. Urbanization has imposed dangers to the natural environment in the City.
2. People are forgetting that they too are part of the environment.
6 . 3 . 3 . 13 . 2 - GOALS
1. Maintain the succession of the natural environment with the progress of the
urban environment
6 . 3 . 3 . 13 . 3 - OBJECTIVES
1. To assure a successive ecological balance between the urban environment and
the natural environment.

1. Various workshops, campaigns and trainings for the conservation of the
natural environment.

2. Provision of funds (Nature Fund) that would come from various grants
and fees and penalties from violators of environmental laws and provisions (used for
projects like for the possible acquisition of previously owned lands for the placement
of a nature park or ecological park).

3. Formation of a local body concerned with maintaining the balance between
the socio-economic activities and environmental protection/conservation activities of

the city.

4. Adopt a local environmental code that would respond to the unique needs of
the City.
CHAPTER 6
205
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 3 . 3 . 14 - LOCAL ADMINISTRATION
1. The government offices has some overlapping tasks wherein they lack linkages and
do not know of the other office's functions.
2. Increasing population must be involved in city activities and have the same sentiments
as the locals or "cityhood"
6 . 3 . 3 . 14 . 2 - GOALS
1. Improvement of service to the people
6 . 3 . 3 . 14 . 3 - OBJECTIVES
1. To encourage more citizen participation in the development activities of the City
2. To ensure that the citizenry are well-informed about the development activities and
to minimize misinformed opposition to development efforts
3. To develop awareness of the development potentials of Manila among its constituents
4. To increase the capabilities of the government employees
5. To bring the government services closer to people
CHAPTER 6
206
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T

1. People Skills Refinement Program. The everyday work stress has put upon
negative effects on the city government employees and they sometimes become ill
mannered towards the people that they are supposed to serve. Stress management and
effective communication training programs are recommended for all employees. City
Government Employees should imply an image worth Imitating, they are to be the
model citizens and should act like one.

2. City Government Services Information Center. A friendly place worth visiting
for information regarding the right offices for required information and transactions.

3. City Hall Improvement. Proofing the building against health hazard/disasters
and equipping it with maps as locational guides.

4. Linking Government Offices. Computerization and networking of government
offices to gain faster access to files and attain faster transactions. Achievement of proper
documentation and database can also be acquired through this.

5. Organization of Offices. Government Office responsibilities and services
must be defined in order to fully execute the required task and for the people n o t to be
confused as to which office handles a certain issue or task.

6. Capability Building. For more proficiency in the government office, with
the installation of computers and other facilities, Government employees must

have the know how to use these equipments and how to use it efficiently. Computer
literacy programs, English Language Training (for foreigners/tourists assistance) and
management training is recommended.
CHAPTER 6
207
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 3 . 4 - LAND USE PLAN

6 . 3 . 4 . 1 - THE CONCEPT

For the purpose of setting the unit of development, the City focuses on a
community or neighborhood scale. The principle here is having neighborhoods as the

basic building blocks of communities. A community is a section of a city, primarily a
residential area. It usually represents the service area of a high school, and contains a
large business center. It can be thought of as a community of neighborhoods because it
is usually composed of three to five neighborhoods. In the local context, a neighborhood
is about the size of a barangay, defined by the Local Government Code as having a
population of 2,000 persons (rural) or 5,000 (urban).

An ideal barangay should have a center and an edge within a 15-minute
comfortable walk from the center. Grouped together to form a community, it must
be a self-contained, dense, tightly woven community, that mixes stores, housing,
entertainment, civic and recreational uses within walking distance with job creation as
an important factor. It will be an alternative to urban sprawl, and should promote orderly
urban development. The aim is to put more origin and destination points within an easy
walk of a transit stop for inter city travel while reducing dependence on transporting to
and from different land uses within the community. This will help reduce consumption
of fossil fuels, and reduce emission of greenhouse gases, while encouraging walking
and cycling-fastest growing exercise.

The concept is to encourage a variety of land uses with street-level stores bringing
human scale developments. This will encourage intersubjective communication --- with
people stopping on the street when they meet friends, one of the strong Filipino traits.
CHAPTER 6
208
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 3 . 4 . 2 - DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY

Core Development using the Neighborhood clustering from barangay units, the
development strategy focused on the connectivity of prime area of activities.

Conceptually the three for-determining elements noted in the development
strategy make up the total urban scheme. To repeat, they are: (1) development intensity
and density. referring to the arrangement of land uses over an area, the volumetric
form and their relationships to open spaces, the intensity per land area; (2) the centers
or nodes of activity, considering a hierarchy of centers according to type and intensity
and may range from macro-scale to micro-scale(wherein still the Binondo-Escolta
downtown area is the node of business activity; viewed on a citywide scale, other nodes
are identified based on the infrastructure development and activity around it)--; and
(3) modes of accessibility, a final form-determining element is the various modes of
accessibility which link activities and spaces and create a circulation network. These
are concerned with a hierarchy of vehicular circulation networks, pedestrian walkways,
bikeways and also consideration of other modes such as the ongoing and proposed mass
transit (LRT 1, LRT2 and LRT 4 respectively).
CHAPTER 6
209
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 3 . 4 . 3 - THE MAIN THEME: MULTI-CENTERED/MULTI-CORE

The conversion of the urban structure from a single-core concentration to a
dispersal of multi-core one rich in local distinctiveness and well-balanced working

and living facilities with the design objectives of enhancement of site uniqueness,
imageability, proper orientation of activities and circulation, identity, and visual unity.

The priority of development will be given to the development of the progressive
international and information oriented city functions. While the promotion in the
attractiveness and vitality of the whole city shall always be given importance.

As the City of Manila developed as the center of Metro Manila and capital of
the Philippines, various urban functions, such as business, commerce and culture, have
also been concentrated in the center of the city. Thus a single-core concentration type
of urban development (at Binondo-Escolta-Sta. Cruz) was formed, with transport and
road networks radiating from the central business district. This has given rise to various
shortcomings, such as the problems of long-distance commuting, housing problems,
soaring prices of land due to a supply shortage, and vulnerability to disasters.

The proposed plan intends to reform this single-core urban structure to a
balanced multicore through:

1) Business site/ activity to be spread and systematically improved by
redevelopment of existing identified known business activity with the "cores" as the
center. While the areas along the Roxas Boulevard (waterfront area) is progressing,
urban areas with compound functions, including business functions, will be established
while paying attention to establishment of enough space for housing.
CHAPTER 6
210
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
2) Comfortable Residential areas through improved sidewalks and accessibility
to public transport. Socio-economic facilities should further be improved through mixed

use development and transport-oriented development (TOD) so that distance between
place of work and residence will be shortened and medium- and high-rise residential
buildings will be built in a better environment with ample open space.

For existing residential areas located between the downtown (old CBD) and the
identified subcenters, quality residential structures will be preserved and new residential
areas should be provided or replace through redevelopment.

3) Attractive commercial areas at the Binondo-Escolta-Sta-Cruz area as well as
along Ermita and Malate should be improved as attractice, walkable wide commercial
centers enhancing its historic characteristics making the most of its functions for business
and culture. There areas are identified as cores and should be developed extensively.

Other smaller scale commercial areas on each district should be fostered as
bright and busy places for local residents' interchange through enhancement of its
construction and creation of open parks for maximum view and preservation of public
spaces. Proper landscaping and streetscape will provide ample security also.

All identified core areas are connected by nested loops to define a wider CBD
and its subareas. Visually link sub-areas and the CBD to other areas of activity. To aid
orientation, provision of access to public and natural amenities and separation of modes
of transportation. This is through establishment of landmarks and alteration of some
streets, creation /and or enhancement of sidewalks or pedestrian walkways and define
concentrated development and provision of variety of setbacks/or easements.
CHAPTER 6
211
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 3 . 4 . 4 - THE URBAN CORE

Due to planned infrastructure development of national government and for
the Old CBD (Binondo-Escolta-Sta Cruz) to be properly redeveloped, the Old Bilibid
Prison will now be the New Urban Core of the City.All major mass transport of the city
will pass through this area linking it to adjacent towns and provinces.

In order to discourage an excessive concentration of business functions at Old
CBD, the Floor Area Ratio (FAR) will be controlled and other areas to follow new
restrictions.

The Subcenters - subcenters are identified based on distinct capability to
generate business activity and serves as a traffic node that can create a mass activity
within a 600 meter radial distance. It is expected that identified sub-centers will trigger
independence based on the livelihood it will generate and interdependence based on
proper linkages.
a) Industrial Mixed Use Subcenter located at the northwestern area of reclamation area
where the Manila Harbour Center is situated alongside with the Smokey Mountain
Development. The location also serves as Gateway of industrial activity from the
northern side of the city.
b) Residential Mixed Use Sub center located at crossing of Tayuman and Juan Luna.
Small scale industry such as furniture coming from port proliferates in this area
surrounded by other neighborhood scale businesses that supplements a wide range of
residential development. The Transport Oriented Development or TOD is best applied
in this area.
CHAPTER 6
212
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
c) University District 1 first batch of university and school clustering located at
Espana and A.H. Lacson. This may be called also as institutional mixed use. All activity
patterns here revolve around the schools within its sphere especially in support services
needed by students.

University or ' silicon alley" concept may be introduced here or should now
be formalized since it is already proliferating. These are the computer services and
reproduction of documents. This cluster generates a lot of information exchange and
research and development that should be nurtured by the city and developed as its data
bank in sciences and information technology.

d) Residential Parkway {Transition Center) - located at Ramon Magsaysay
Boulevard and Nagtahan area. This area is a clustering of different land uses from
residential to institutional to commercial but will primarily focus on commercial and
institutional development at neighborhood scale as its corridor will eventually transform
to very active development due to ongoing contruction of LRT 2. This also represents
as the transition node of the city from passive development to highly progressive as its
corride goes to higher development intensity.

e) Commercial-industrial Mixed use sub-center situated along Quirino
AvenuePedro Gil and Pres. Sergio Osmena. Represents a highly commercial ized area
and low-intensity industry. The PNR South Commuter Line passes through this center
and primarily a catchment area of exchange of goods from southern Luzon and business
interaction from City of Makati.

f) University District 2 located at Taft avenue and Quirino Avenue. Another
agglomeration of universities. Again this area will nurture information exchange and a
site for research and development data bank.
CHAPTER 6
213
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
g) Histo-Cultural (Entertainment and Art) Sub-center Malate area. Known to be
the red light district turned into entertainment zone by night utilizing old houses. The
place is known for its night life activity and is part and parcel on the renewal program
of Buhayin ang Maynila project. The redevelopment of Roxas Boulevard serves as an
anchor for development of the inner area of Malate.

h) University District 3 located at Ayala Boulevard-P. Burgos- Taft Avenue. This
area hosts a bigger number of universities and schools. Another area of information
exchange but with a touch of history with the presence of some schools within the walls
of lntramuros.

i) Media & Information Exchange Subcenter - situated at Manila South Harbor
wherein a concentration of newspaper headquarters are located. Intensive information

exchange plays in this side of the city 24 hours a day. Its anchor of information exchange
is the presence of the South Harbor. Business and related activities proliferate in this
area and a well planned infrastructure support is needed to strengthen this as one of the
biggest asset of the city aside from the presence of major universities of the country.

j) Business- Trading and Information Subcenter-located atthe Old CBD. Though
located at Binondo-Escolta-Sta.Cruz, this subcenter still holds its position as the prime
move of business activity in the city. The redevelopment of Escolta will build up an
attractive commercial and cultural establishment for the city.
CHAPTER 6
214
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 3 . 4 . 5 - LAND USE

The proposed land use plan was made with the general purpose of guiding
and accomplishing a coordinated, adjusted, and harmonious development of the city

and its environs which will in accordance with present and future needs, best promote
health and safety morals, orders, convenience, prosperity, and general warefare, as
well as efficienct and economy in the process of development, including among other
things, adequate provision for light and air, the promotion of healthful and convenient
distribution of population, the promotion of good civic design and arrangement, wise
and efficient expenditures of public funds, and the adequate provision of public utilities
and other requirements.

The projected population will require more basic service facilities. The plan
proposed for the establishment of a wider educational zone called the University
District Overlay Zone. The development will comprise convention centers, additional
health, education, and protective and other support service facilities. Development of
sub-units for the above facilities is also suggested at the transition zone, center of the
majority of the population.

Along with the on-going Pasig River Rehabilitation Plan, approximately 500
meters on both sides of the riverbank from its highest water level are zones as multi-use
mixed use with its ten meter easement planned as linear parks.

In enhancing the quality of the "built" environment, the proposed plan will
consist of additional parks and playground as needed based on the requirement of

the area and population. The absences of space for such development are relegated to
development of roof gardens within the city especially on C2 and C3 area.
CHAPTER 6
215
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 3 . 5 - MCLUPZO PLAN HI-LIGHTS

6 . 3 . 5 . 1 - CITY BEAUTIFUL MOVEMENT

City lmageability. This promotes the visual "imageability" of the City according
to the Burnham Plan of 1905. As per plan recommendation from Daniel Burnham, it
gives emphasis on the creation and enhancement of wide boulevards, public buildings,
landscaped parks and pleasant vistas. It also encourages the connectivity of spaces and
places through various systems/networks (transport/parkways). But most of all, it is
the establishment of a symbolic focus that would identify the City as Manila as well as
become its unifying element. These are the main themes for Place Making revolving
around creating a "sense of place" and distinction within the City

Open Space Network.
A part of this connectivity plan is the proposed
establishment of the Open Space Network as reflected in the following map. This
Network of Open Space is created based on the Burnham Plan of having an average
distance of one (1) kilometer between parks, plazas, and recreational places. This
involves a network of sidewalks, paseos, and offroad trails/pathways throughout the
city and linking activity centers, commercial uses, recreation and open space areas, and
residential uses. Though the areas identified on the map are part of an initial study, these
proposed locations need to have a more in-depth review and planning as well. It needs
to have more input regarding the walkability and distribution of these proposed opens
spaces to the existing ones.

These recommended areas for placement of usable open spaces is not necessarily
restricted to open spaces on ground level. The implementation may be achieved through
the following ways:
1 . Roof Gardens
2.Arcaded Sidewalks
3. Elevated Walkways
4. Landscaped Sidewalks and Public Spaces
CHAPTER 6
216
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
Urban Waterfront Development. Another part of this City Beautiful Movement
is creating a Waterfront Development. This is focused on two main themes:

1. Reinforcing the River's Significance
In order to integrate the Pasig river and other major waterways to the community,
the following guidelines are encouraged to be implemented:
- organize land development to visually define the river's linkage to the community
- focus and delineate the roads and pedestrian ways to emphasize the river and other
major waterways
- create activity centers and centers of interest that celebrate or gives meaning and focus
on the waterfront
2. Reinforcing the Identity of the Waterfront Area
In order to create design solutions that contribute to the character of the waterfront and
acknowledge its heritage, the following guidelines are encouraged to be implemented:
- incorporate remnants of industrial infrastructure (for old industrial areas that are now
converted to other uses)
- provide facilities for informal gathering places
- create graceful transitions between the built environment and open spaces
CHAPTER 6
217
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
SMART Development Principles. It is one of the objectives of the CLUP to
create a SMART plan, a Sustainable, Measurable, Attainable, Realistic, and Time

bounded plan, which defines the core of all the recommendations reflected within the
plan. These are all fashioned towards the SMART Development Principles:
1. efficient use of land resources - Encourages the development of compact building
forms, infill development, pedestrian friendly environment, and cost-effective structures
2. full use of urban services - Creation of mixed uses encourages efficient use of
services/utilities
3. mix of uses - Implementation of pedestrianized streets and 24-hour districts
4. transit oriented development - Building safe, convenient, interesting, connected
network of sidewalks, street design pedestrianized walkable community
5. detailed human scale design - Enhancement of visual coherency and compatibility
of development
CHAPTER 6
218
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 3 . 5 . 2 - PROMOTION OF MIX OF USES

The Mixed Use Concept is described by the Urban Land Institute (ULI) as:
- structures that have three or more significant revenue-producing uses that in wellplanned projects are mutually supporting;
- structures having significant physical and functional integration of the project
components, including uninterrupted pedestrian connections;
- vertical mixing of project components into a single megastructure, often occupying
only one city block;
- involves the careful positioning of key project components around centrally located
focal points;
- encourages the interconnection of project components through an elaborate pedestrian
circulation network (subterranean concourses, walkways, and plazas at grade, or aerial
bridges between buildings) ; and,
- extensive use of escalators, elevators, moving sidewalks, and other mechanical means
of facilitating pedestrians' horizontal and vertical movement.
CHAPTER 6
219
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
The Transport-Oriented Development (T.O.D.). On the other hand, Transport
Oriented Developments are described as:

- a mixed use community within an average of 300- 400 meter walking distance of a
transit stop and core commercial area; and,
- TODs mix residential, retail, office, open space, and public uses, in a walkable
environment, making it convenient for residents and employees to travel by transit,
bicycle, foot, or car.

These are the basic principles and development concepts that are considered
in the preparation of the MCLUPZO development framework, the Multi-Centered

Neighborhood Connected Urban Development. This development framework identifies
the following TOD Nucleus which were discussed in the earlier sections:
- Industrial Mixed Use Sub-Center
- Residential Mixed Use Sub-Center
- Commercial Mixed Use Sub-Center
- Residential Commercial Mixed Use Sub-Center
- Business/Parkway/Trading and Information Sub-Center
- Trading and Information Center
- Urban Core Activity Center
- University Cluster 1, 2, and 3; and, the
- Histo-Cultural/Entertainment Sub-Center.
CHAPTER 6
220
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
Zone Regulations. The 2005-2020 Land Use and Zoning Plan has a total of
ten (10) Zone Classifications and three (3) overlay zones. These zones are reflected in
the Official Land Use and Zoning Maps of the City which indicates the designation,
location and boundaries of each zone.
A. General Residential Zone

1. High Density Residential/Mixed Use Zone (R-3/MXD)
B. Commercial Zones

2. Medium Intensity Commercial/Mixed Use Zone (C-2/MXD)
3. High Intensity Commercial/Mixed Use Zone (C-3/MXD)
C. Industrial Zone

4. Light Industrial Zone (I-1)
D. Institutional Zones

5. General Institutional Zone (INS-G)
6. University Cluster Zone (INS-U)
E. Public Open Space Zones

7. General Public Open Space Zone (POS-GEN)
7.a. Parks and Plazas (POS-GEN)
7.b. Playground and Sports Field/Recreation Zone (POS-PSR)
8. Cemetery Zone (POS-CEM)
F. Others

9. Utility Zone (UTL)
10. Water Zone (WTR)
11. Overlay Zones
11.1. Histo-Cultural Heritage Overlay Zone (0-HCH)
11.2. Planned Unit Development Overlay Zone (0-PUD)
11.3.Buffer Overlay Zone (0-BUF)
CHAPTER 6
221
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
University Cluster Zones. By definition, an INS-U Zone shall be used primarily
for educational/academic, religious, cultural, residential developments with supporting

commercial and services uses. It is often referred to as University Belts. Located within
the Districts III, IV, and V, these areas are generally zoned as guided by the following
criteria:
1. Proximity to another educational institution they should be at least within a walkable
scale from another educational institution. (major school or university);
2. Restricted by natural boundaries (waterways) and Major thoroughfares; and,
3. Dominance of the area with educational facilities/institution and its supporting
establishments.
A set of development and use guidelines are also presented in the IRR attached to
the Zoning Ordinance.

Histo-Cultural Heritage Overlay Zone (O-HCH). By definition, an O-HCH
Zone shall be used primarily for areas containing registered historical/cultural heritage
resources that deserve special consideration for protection and conservation due to their
special character, architectural value or aesthetic interest wherein they contribute to the
City's collective understanding of its historical development and cultural heritage. These
areas are identified as based on the list as provided by the National Historic Institute
(NHI) and as per the identified historical structures from the Pasig River Rehabilitation
Masterplan.
CHAPTER 6
222
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
Planned Unit Development Overlay Zone (O-PUD). O-PUD Zones are identified
specific sites in the City of Manila wherein the project site is comprehensively planned
as an entity via unitary site plan which permits flexibility in planning/design, building
siting, complementarily of building types and land uses, usable open spaces and the
preservation of significant natural land features, pursuant to regulations specified for
each particular PUD. It is envisioned that these sites shall have their own specific
masterplan to further revitalize each PUD area as well as regulate the use within them.
These masterplans shall be subject to the review and approval of the City Council as per
recommendation of the MZBAAand the CPDO. Enumerated below are identified PUD
and the main objective and purpose for development:
District V
Baseco
- To create a scale of development focused on creating a pedestrianized or pedestrian
friendly neighborhood community
-To update, regulate and revitalize the existing residential communities to be integrated
into an organized urban fabric lntramuros
-To revitalize, update and, incorporate an old urban center to harmonize with the new
urban lifestyle
- To restore and apply conservation efforts to the old downtown and maintaining the
culture and historical value of the area
Ermita-Malate
- To reestablish Ermita-Malate as the Cultural and Entertainment District of the City
CHAPTER 6
223
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 3 . 5 . 3 - URBAN RENEWAL MOBILIZATION

Urban renewal involves the combination of the following criteria in planning an
area to result to a more practical and aesthetically pleasing location.

- contexture this involves the weaving the old and the new; design excellence
creating distinction but in harmony to the existing and overall environment, economic
strength creating a places or facilities for activities needed in the urban environment,
environmental responsibility ensuring the quality of the environment and the
sustainability of development, good governance constant monitoring of projects and
implementation of regulatory measures, social well-being creating an environment that
would reflect the quality of life (good)or the physical development of an area is the first
step into social development. Also by fostering civic responsibility is also encouraged.
The following are development concepts that are encouraged to be applied in the cause
for Urban Renewal:
1. Business Improvement Districts (BID)
2. Mixed Use Development
3. Multi-Use Development
4. Transport Oriented Development (TOD)
5. Great Streets "Sense of Place"; Creating Streets of Character; Urban Design
6. New Urbanism adopting the Traditional Neighborhood Design (TND) into the
modern urban environment
7. Pedestrianization the pedestrian space and community scale (providing human scale
and interest to buildings along sidewalks and walkways)
8. Histo-Cultural Conservation
9. Roof Gardens
10. Environmental Design
CHAPTER 6
224
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 3 . 5 . 4 - SAFESCAPE IMPLEMENTATION

In creating a safe community, "a safescape", it involves the following aspects to
be integrated within the urban form:

"Eyes on the Street" concept
Separating and Joining the Private and the Public Realm
Creating a "sense of community"
Livability and Usability
Streetscaping Zoning the Sidewalk
Information and orientation
Gender sensitivity/gender responsive development
Zoning
Implementing Rules and Regulation of the Zoning Ordinance/Design and
Development Guidelines
monitoring and stewardship
IEC and capability trainings
prevention and mitigation plans
disaster proof living zones
CHAPTER 6
225
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 3 . 5 . 5 - MANAGEMENT OF MAINTENANCE OF CITY GROWTH

In the physical planning of the City, the Zoning Ordinance is the implementing
body of the CLUP. And the basic management measures are those set by the Zoning
Ordinance and specifically as set by the FAR provision. This basically prescribes the
allowable overall development within the City in terms of density or space coverage,
massing, form, and height restrictions of structures.

Floor Area Ratio (FAR), as per definition, is the ratio between gross floor area
of a building and the area of the lot on which it stands, determined by dividing the gross
floor area of the building by the area of the lot. The gross floor area of any building
should not exceed the prescribed floor area ratio (FAR) multiplied by the lot area. The
FAR of the zone is based on its capacity to support development in terms of the absolute
level of density that the transportation and other utility networks can support. The
FAR stated in each respective zone shall always be complied unless superseded by
the approved master plan of Overlay Zones. Additional FAR beyond the prescribed
allowable maximum FAR can be availed through the following development modes
subject to the requirements of the Zoning Ordinance IRR.

In all commercial zones, a building or a structure that is within four hundred
meters walking distance from an exiting LRT or commuter rail station will be allowed
to build three FAR higher than their maximum FAR specified in this zoning ordinance,
provided that the building owner/developer should build and maintain at his cost, a
direct, elevated as to being in the same level as the terminal, well ventilated, sheltered
pedestrian link from his building to the immediate structure of the transit station/terminal
building as approved by the building official and in consultation with concerned transit
authorities, this link must be of sufficient dimension to accommodate public pedestrian
volumes and must be kept open, safe, and well lighted for the use of the general public
at least during a period that extends before and after regular working hours.
CHAPTER 6
226
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
Floor Area Bonus Incentives shall be available to all developments within the
City which would provide facilities and amenities which are of public benefit and
deemed desirable by the CPDO and the City Council, Floor Area Bonus Incentives
shall be available to all developments within the City. These incentives provide for an
incremental increase in the prescribed allowable FAR of a development in exchange for
the inclusion of one (1) or more of the public benefit features, such as:
Table 6-2 . Floor Area Incentive Chart
CHAPTER 6
227
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 4 - MANILA MAYOR'S OFFICE - TEN POINT AGENDA


Support competent and honest members of the police force by giving honors
and rewards and release subsidies previously withheld from them.

Remove kotong cops and other members of the police force, who are of
questionable character and those who are involved in crimes.

6 . 4 . 2 - HEALTH

Develop and improve barangay health centers as primary health care service
providers.

Ensure that all poor and sick people are given affordable and effective medicines.
The city government will coordinate with the DOH, PCSO and other civic organizations
to achieve its goals relating to health care.
6 . 4 . 3 - HOUSING

Allocate sufficient funds for housing within Manila.
Construct mid-rise buildings (MRBs) for decent, sustainable and disaster-
resilient human settlements with cross-subsidies to poor beneficiaries through revenues

from commercial land development.
6 . 4 . 4 - TRANSPORTATION AND TRAFFIC

Develop Pasig Rivers potentials to provide an alternative mode of transportation
in Manila and to serve as a tourist attraction.

Regulate the activities of street vendors by designating an area for them, such as
night markets, which will also serve as tourist attractions.

Implement a no parking policy in the streets of Manila.
6 . 4 . 5 - CLEANLINESS

Establish an effective Solid Waste Management System that will not only ensure
regular garbage collection and proper waste disposal but will also generate income for
the City of Manila.

Implement a strict no littering policy in the City of Manila
CHAPTER 6
228
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T

Provide good quality and competitive education to students by extending
continuing education, seminar and training to teachers and by improving teacherstudent ratio.

Select and appoint reputable, competent and qualified individuals to serve as
trustees and deans of city colleges and universities.

Release the appropriate subsidy to city colleges and universities.
6 . 4 . 7 - SPORTS

Organize events and activities, which will promote the citys main sports, i.e.
basketball and cue sports to foster skills and value formation among the people.

Transform and maintain the citys well-known sports venues, such as the Rizal
Memorial Sports Complex and the San Andres Gym into world-class quality.
6 . 4 . 8 - GOVERNANCE

Remove all ghost employees of the city hall and prosecute them, as well as
those who are responsible for them.

Reduce the city governments excessive number of consultants, casuals and job
orders.

Provide rewards and incentives to competent and reliable employees of the city
government.
6 . 4 . 9 - TRANSPARENCY

Promote regular evaluation of the performance of city officials and publication
thereof.

Put in place a computerized system of collection of taxes and disclosure of
public expenditures.
6 . 4 . 10 - PEOPLE PARTICIPATION

Coordinate and keep the channels of communication open between the city
government and the private sector, such as NGOs, the Chinese Community and other
private sector organizations that promote public interests.
CHAPTER 6
229
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 5 - HAZARD RISK MAPS

6 . 5 . 1 - EARTHQUAKE-INDUCED LANDSLIDE
Figure 6-4 . Earthquake-Induced Landslide Map
CHAPTER 6
230
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 5 . 2 - FLOODING
Figure 6-5 . Flooding Map
CHAPTER 6
231
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 5 . 3 - GROUND RUPTURE
Figure 6-6 . Ground Rupture
CHAPTER 6
232
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 5 . 4 - GROUND SHAKING
Figure 6-7 . Ground Shaking
CHAPTER 6
233
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 5 . 5 - LIQUEFACTION
Figure 6-8 . Liquefaction
CHAPTER 6
234
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 5 . 6 - RAIN-INDUCED LANDSLIDE
Figure 6-9 . Rain Induced Landslide
CHAPTER 6
235
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 5 . 7 - STORM SURGE
Figure 6-10 . Storm Surge
CHAPTER 6
236
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
6 . 5 . 8 - TSUNAMI
Figure 6-11 . Tsunami
CHAPTER 6
237
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
CHAPTER VII : DESIGN FOCUS

7 . 1 - SITE PLANNING AND DESIGN
7 . 1 . 1 - PLACEMAKING AND NEW URBANISM

One of the major design focus in terms of site planning and design for the
project would be to employ the principles and ideals of placemaking and new urbanism
for the project. Placemaking is a multi-faceted approach to the planning, design and
management of public spaces. Placemaking capitalizes on a local community's assets,
inspiration, and potential, with the intention of creating public spaces that promote
people's health, happiness, and well being. It is political due to the nature of place identity.
Placemaking is both a process and a philosophy. The following are the principles of
placemaking that are to be the focus of the project site planning and design:
Improve streets as public spaces
Create street squares and parks as multi-use destinations
Build local economies through markets
Design buildings to support places
Link a public health agenda to a public space agenda
Reinvent community planning
The power of ten
Create a comprehensive public space agenda
Lighter, Quicker, Cheaper : Start small, Experiment
Restructure government to support public spaces
CHAPTER 7
2-3 8
238
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
7 . 1 . 1 - ENVIRONMENTAL SUSTAINABILITY

Environmental sustainability is the capability of natural and cultural systems to
maintain themselves over time. It is impacted by: individual and collective actions; the
amount and the rate of consumption; and the intrinsic properties and carrying capacity
of each system. Ideally, sustainable development will be applied in the proposed
structure by incorporating these three diverse viewpoints:
Ecology - preserving the integrity of ecological subsystems, respecting the global
interdependence, and pursuing environmental stewardship.
Economics - maximization of human welfare within the constraints of existing capital
stock, budget realities, cost-saving considerations, fiscal requirements, and
available technologies.
Sociology - key actors are humans whose patterns of social organization are crucial
for devising viable solutions for a better future on local, regional, national and global
levels. Their concerns include: cohesion of community, equity, social justice, cultural
identity, diversity, solidarity, civility, tolerance, pluralism, law, and discipline.
The goals associated with creating a sustainable development include:
Reducing pollution and avoiding waste;
Avoiding, minimizing, and/or mitigating human impacts on the environment;
Protecting and conserving all natural ecosystems;
Improving production and consumption cycles, including replacement/reduction of
non- renewable resources;
Improving waste collection, recycling and recovery;
Promoting more efficient energy use and production; and
Preserving visual and cultural resources for present and future generations.
CHAPTER 7
239
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
7 . 1 . 3 - WATERFRONT PLANNING
7 . 1 . 3 . 1 - WATER QUALITY AND CONSERVATION

Maintenance of the local economy and it's lifestyle will depend partly upon the
ability of the project site to conserve water, avoid water-borne diseases, reduce pollution
and use land appropriately. Healthy habitats will be preserved and maintaned. Should
the case be applied, rehabilitation of degraded aquatic and riparian habitats will be duly
considered: planting can be done with locally adapted plants and in self-regenerating
ecological communities; runoff and effluents can be reclaimed to reduce the need for
imported fresh water; reservoirs of all kinds can be adapted to integrate with multifunctional natural ecosystems and human communities; as new development will be
arranged and constructed to minimize impervious cover. Excess urban runoff will be
directed through soil and vegetation to recharge ground water, filter through natural
cleansing systems and maintain the base flow of streams.
7 . 1 . 3 . 2 - WATERWAYS

In the case of the project site, the waterway in closest proximity is the pasig river.
Any form of waterways can act as both repository and conveyance of the byproducts
resulting from natural and man-induced charge in the upland areas. Site planning and
design of the project site shall consider that the pasig river be managed from a multi-use
approach, considering the scenic and cultural values, wildlife resources, recreational
potential as well as appropriate commercial development potential for the waterfront
development. Planning, designation, and design of appropriate uses for the project
site near waterways will be highly focused on as well as the management of upland
vegetation as well as riparian buffers to protect stream-bank erosion and filter adjacent
agricultural runoff in order to protect the water resource that is the pasig river. These
also aid in better regulating runoff and flooding, enhancing base flow, limiting nutrient
loading from point and non-point sources and enhancing recharge of affected aquifers.
CHAPTER 7
240
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
7 . 2 - ARCHITECTURE
7 . 2 . 1 - RESPONSIVE AND LIVING ARCHITECTURE

Responsive and living architecture is an evolving field of architectural practice
and research. Responsive and living architectures are those that measure actual
environmental conditions to enable buildings to adapt their form, shape, color or
character responsively.

This kind of architecture architectures aim to refine and extend the discipline
of architecture by improving the energy performance of buildings with responsive

technologies (sensors / control systems / actuators) while also producing buildings that
reflect the technological and cultural conditions of our time.

Responsive and living architectures distinguish themselves from other forms of
interactive design by incorporating intelligent and responsive technologies into the core
elements of a building's fabric. For example: by incorporating responsive technologies
into the structural systems of buildings architects have the ability to tie the shape of a
building directly to its environment. This enables architects to reconsider the way they
design and construct space while striving to advance the discipline rather than applying
patchworks of intelligent technologies to an existing vision of "building".

The elements of responsive and living architecture will be applied in both the
interior and exterior design of the project.
CHAPTER 7
241
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
7 . 2 . 1 . 4 - KINETIC ARCHITECTURE

Kinetic architecture is a concept through which buildings are designed to allow
parts of the structure to move, without reducing overall structural integrity. A building's
capability for motion can be used just to: enhance its aesthetic qualities; respond to
environmental conditions; and/or, perform functions that would be impossible for a
static structure. The possibilities for practical implementations of kinetic architecture
increased sharply in the late-20th century due to advances in mechanics, electronics,
and robotics.

Buildings exist at a very low level of sophistication when compared to any
living organism. Living organisms are able to adapt to a changing environment with the
aid of many specialized systems working in conjunction; circulatory system, nervous
system, structure system and means of motion. For a building to exhibit this kind of
sophistication, the integration and design of such active systems must be investigated.
With new advances in the engineering of smart materials, computational control
mechanisms, and robotics, this is potentially feasible. This system can be adapted to
work as an sculptural internal space divider, a facade for an existing building, or a
large scale dynamic roof system, or on various other architectural aspects that it can be
applied on.
CHAPTER 7
242
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
7 . 2 . 1 . 1 - THERMOBIOMETALS

Thermobimetals have been used since the beginning of the industrial revolution.
A lamination of two metals together with different thermal expansion coefficients,

it simply deforms when heated or cooled. As the temperature rises, one side of the
laminated sheet will expand more than the other. The result will be a curved or curled
piece of sheet metal (Figure 4). Reacting with outside temperatures, this smart material
has the potential to develop self-actuating intake or exhaust for facades. Available in the
form of strips, disks or spirals, thermobimetals are commonly used today in thermostats
as a measurement and control system and in electrical controls as components in
mechatronic systems. So far, however, few applications in architecture have been
documented. Automatically opening and closing ventilation flaps have been developed
and installed in greenhouses and for use as self-closing fire protection flaps, but nothing
has been published on the development of this material for building skins.

Thermobimetals can be a combination of any two compatible sheet metals.
The combinations of metals with different expansion coefficients and at various

thicknesses can produce a wide range of deflection. TM2, the ideal thermobimetal for
this investigation, had the highest amount of deflection in the temperature range of
0-120 degrees Fahrenheit. The low expansion material is called Invar, which is an alloy
of 64% iron and 36% nickel with some carbon and chromium. The high expansion
material is a nickel manganese alloy composed of 72% manganese, 18% copper and
10% nickel. This bi-metal is also called 36-10 and the ASTM name is TM2. Made
corrosion-resistant by plating with chrome and copper, this material is available in
sheets or strips in several thicknesses. It can be fabricated into disks, spirals and other
shapes. The amount of deflection varies dependent on the size of the sheet, the air
temperature, the position of clamping and the thickness of the material. The thickness
selected for this study is 0.010. Thermobiometals will be used in the exteriors of the
proposed building to be used as a shading mechanism.
CHAPTER 7
243
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
7 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 2 - GLASS PANEL SHUTTER SYSTEM

Various other building components for the market can also incorporate the
material of thermobimetal. The metal can be cut into small pieces and assembled
in a matrix of individual pieces that can operate like an organic shutter system and
sandwiched between two panes of glass as part of a double-glazed window panel system.
When the sun penetrates the exterior surface of glass and heats the interior cavity, the
bimetal will curl and constrict light from passing. Depending on the brightness of the
day, the bimetal shutter system can be calibrated to completely black-out the interior
space, if necessary. Applied to a large sun-facing surface, this panel system can help
reduce heatgain, reduce the need for artificial air-conditioning, and conserve energy.
Without the need for manual controls or power, this product can operate tirelessly,
effortlessly and endlessly.
Figure 7-1 . Glass Panel Shutter System - Application of Biothermometals
CHAPTER 7
244
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
7 . 2 . 1 . 1 . 2 - BLOOM

A sun-tracking instrument indexing time and temperature, "Bloom" stitches
together material experimentation, structural innovation, and computational form/

patternmaking into an environmentally responsive installation. The form's responsive
surface is made primarily out of 14,000 smart thermobimetal tiles, where no two pieces
are alike. Each individual piece automatically curls a specified amount when the outdoor
ambient temperature rises above 70F or when the sun penetrates the surface.
Figure 7-2 . Bloom diagram - Application of Biothermometals
CHAPTER 7
245
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
7 . 2 . 1 . 2 - ARMOURED CLOSET
This study proposes the use of a nickel-magnesium thermobimetal as a smart material
in the development of a responsive building skin. Thermobimetals are a lamination of
two thin sheet metals with different expansion coefficients, which when heated results
in the curling of the material. Commonly used in th form of small strips, this research
considers the application of thermobimetals in architecture by multiplying the capacity
of its character into a two-dimensional surface, a skin for a building. The intent is to
develop a skin that as the outside (or inside) temperature rises, each individual metal
tile will curve and the pores of the skin will physically open, allowing the building to
ventilate automatically. To investigate the capacity of this material in this application,
various tile shapes and forms were tested and modeled digitally in Catia and ParaCloud.
The final selected tile was a simple, but digitally pliable, cross-shape. The dynamic
shape of the overall structure allowed each tile to change parametrically, where no two
tiles are identical. Depending on the length of the arms of the cross, the tiles will curve
horizontally or vertically
Figure 7-3 . Armoured Closet - Application of Biothermometals
CHAPTER 7
246
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
7 . 2 . 1 . 3 - ECOVATIVE
7 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 1 - GROW IT YOURSELF MUSHROOM MATERIALS

Ecovative has been in the business of growing high-performing, renewable
materials since we started back in 2007. Weve been focusing on expanding our
protective packaging business, but theres tons more that can be done with Mushroom
Materials thats where GIY comes in. Or rather, thats where YOU come in. Were
not the experts in making lampshades, say, or taxidermy mannequins you are! So we
want to support you in making new, cool products that are good for the planet.
Figure 7-4 . GIY Mushroom Materials
CHAPTER 7
247
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
7 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 2 - STRUCTURAL BIOCOMPOSITES

Ecovative is growing a sustainable, high-performing material, called Myco
Board, to replace engineered wood and other structural materials. We think it's crazy
to use formaldehyde, a known carcinogen, to bind the composite materials in our
furniture, the structure of our homes, and in many other products in our lives. With
Myco Board, Ecovative grows- not glues- materials with natural, rapidly renewable
mycelium technology, delivering structural biocomposites that perform, without harsh
chemicals.

Myco Board combines the benefits of honeycomb and particleboard into one,
more functional product. This core material can be produced at several densities and
is strong enough to hold fasteners at any point, with superior strength to weight ratios
compared to MDF. Myco Board can be grown into wood veneers, entirely avoiding
glue. And because its grown with agricultural waste and without synthetic resins,
Myco Board is healthy for people, and better for our planet.

Not only is Myco Board healthier and lighter than MDF, it can also be molded
into shapes. This means your product and process designs can break free of the confines
of a rectangle, without generating the dust and waste of milling with CNC routers.
This approach builds on the same technology that powers our Mushroom Packaging
platform, and grows strong, durable and natural materials in almost any shape.
Figure 7-5 . Structural Biocomposites for Wall Systems
CHAPTER 7
248
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
7 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 3 - SUSTAINABLE INSULATION

Myco Foam, now proven to replace plastic foams for protective packaging, is
coming next to insulation. Today's most common insulation materials have some serious
negative environmental consequences. We're developing natural, rapidly renewable
Mushroom Insulation as a healthy, easy to install insulation product that performs.
Ecovative offers an R-value guarantee; unlike plastic foams, the aged R-value of
Mushroom Insulation will not decrease over time. Mushroom Insulation is intended
for above-grade applications and should be protected from weather similarly to wood.
Myco Foam Insulated Sheathing can be used on new construction or retrofits to meet
requirements for continuous insulation (CI) or to meet deep energy retrofit goals.
Continuous insulation increases thermal performance without any thermal bridging,
and taped seams create a continuous air barrier for greater energy efficiency. Mushroom
Insulation is bonded to a weather resistive barrier, allowing for use as a drainage plane
under siding, and protecting your building from moisture problems.

Mushroom Acoustic Panels and ceiling tiles have ultra low VOC emissions, no
chemical binders, and offer excellent sound dampening to making your space look and
sound great. Panels can be produced in standard or custom sizes and designs to fit your
high-end eco-interior.

Exterior Insulated Finishing Systems (EIFS) generally consist of EPS adhered
in a continuous layer to the sheathing of a building, and then covered in a durable and
aesthetic stucco type product. During the process of installation, EPS is rasped, which
results in little EPS beads and fragments that often blow into the environment and onto
neighboring properties, where they cannot be cleaned up. With Mushroom Insulation
used in EIFS, rasping would make mulch, not pollution. The superior thermal stability
and flame resistance of Mushroom Insulation show promising potential for use in EIFS.
CHAPTER 7
249
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
CHAPTER 7
250
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
CHAPTER 7
251
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
7 . 2 . 1 . 5 - PURETI: TITANIUM NANOPARTICLES

There is a continuous interplay of two forces in natureorganic matter gets
created and organic matter is broken up or decomposed.Photosynthesis is the natural

process of light energy hitting plants and triggering the creation of organic matter.
Plants combine light energy from the sun, hydrogen from water, carbon dioxide and
nitrogen from ground fertilizer to create the organic molecules of life.

Photocatalysis is a form of photosynthesis that actually reverses plant based
photosynthesis. Its a natural process whereby light energy hits a mineral and triggers
a chemical process that results in the breakdown or decomposition or organic
matter. UV-PCO (ultra violet photocatalysis) is a technology that accelerates the
naturaldecomposition of organic matter.

By definition, photocatalysis is the acceleration of a photoreaction in the presence
of a catalyst. A catalyst is a substance that accelerates or speeds up a chemical reaction

without being used up in that chemical reaction. For example, in the catalytic converters
used in automobiles, platinum accelerates the chemical breakdown of exhaust into
harmless gases and the platinum is not used up in the process. In UV-PCO, light energy
from the sun or fluorescent lamps energizes a mineral called anatase titanium dioxide
(TiO2) and the natural chemical breakdown of organic molecules such as grime, foul
material, and VOCs is accelerated. The TIO2 is not used up in the process, so the UVPCO process can continue to breakdown organic molecules over-and-over again until
only harmless gas is left. There are four basic component that must be present in order
for UV-PCO to proactively and continuously break-down organic matter: TiO2, light,
water vapor (always present in the air as humidity), and air flow.
CHAPTER 7
252
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
Photocatalytic Oxidation (PCO) occurs when UV-A light (from sunlight, fluorescent
light or UV-A LEDs) energizes titanium dioxide(TiO2) and triggers two chemical
reactions that lead to the near instantaneous formation of hydroxyl radicals and super
oxide anions. These highly reactive chemical agents then instantly interact at the treated
surface to accelerate the environmentally beneficial decomposition of all organic
pollutants (mold, oil, rubber, bio-film, methane and VOCs) through oxidation and to
reduce/neutralize inorganic pollutants (such as NOx and SOx).
Hydroxyl radicals (OH*), natures strongest non-poisonous oxidizing agent, are formed
when the light energized TiO2 pulls a hydrogen atom away from the H2O water vapor
in the air (humidity). The hydroxyl radicals formed on the treated surfaceact like pacmen and aggressively attack the carbon hydrogen bonds that are present in all organic
molecules over and over until nothing is left from this oxidation process except water
and a small amount of CO2. Life Cycle Analyses of PCO have found the technology
to be a major net environmental good. The small amount of CO2 produced is more
than offset by the gains from reducing methane, NOx and VOCs (all major criteria
pollutants) in the atmosphere and the gains from reduced water, chemical and energy
usage through reduced maintenance.
CHAPTER 7
253
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
Super oxide anions (O2-), one of natures strongest reducing agents, are formed
when oxygen molecules in the air (O2) interact with light energized TiO2 and receive
an extra electron creating O2-. When polluted air comes into contact with a PURETI
treated surface, these super oxide anions interact with the NOx (the highest heat retaining
major greenhouse gas and the key ingredient in acid rain and smog) and remove it from
the atmosphere reducing it to benign nitrates. The light activated, smog-reducing power
of PCO technology is extensively documented and definitively proven in the scientific
literature.

This process all happens in billionths of a second and continues to scrub the air
as long as light, humidity, PURETi and air flow are present. The self-cleaning function
of photocatalytic surfaces are further assisted by the fact that photocatalytically active
surfaces are hydrophilic or water sheeting. This water sheeting effect allows small
amounts of water to easily rinse away any inorganic particulates that may be held to the
surface by gravity or electrostatic forces.
CHAPTER 7
254
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
7 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 1 - POLLUTION CONTROL

PURETi treated roads, bridges and buildings use sunlight to eat smog and
become solutions to pollution. Concrete, asphalt and other building materials treated
with PURETi and exposed to light - actively and continuously reduce the indirect
greenhouse gases (NOx and SOx) and particulates (PM 2.5 and PM 10) that cause
smog. The impact is powerful. One lane mile (or 6000m2) will remove one ton of NOx
per year year after year. This is equivalent to reversing the polluting effect of cars
driving 650,000 miles.
7 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 2 - SELF-CLEANING

Sun Washing with PURETi cuts pressure washing time and cost. PURETi water
based, architectural finishes use light to keep surfaces twice as clean for twice as long.
In the photo above, you can see how PURETi-treated areas of the cement board resists
organic grime growth. One cost effective application works for 5 years or more to keep
windows, walls, roofs and concrete looking new with minimal rain or rinsing. Preserve
your buildings intended appearance. Enhance your brand. PURETi prevents grime
growth even on the north side of the building in the shade.
7 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 3 - ODOR ELIMINATION

PURETi treated windows, curtains and light fixtures deliver a powerful odor
eliminating benefit for a long lasting sense of freshness. PURETi works exceptionally
well in all indoor environments hotels, rental cars, schools, homes, offices and rest
rooms to purify the air. PURETi does not mask odors. It breaks them down. As
air circulates the room, any pet, smoke, food or human malodors are oxidized at the
molecular level; leaving interior air smelling fresh and healthy. And unlike sprays and
candles, one safe, sustainable application of PURETi works wonders for months and
years.
CHAPTER 7
255
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
7 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 4 - INDOOR AIR QUALITY IMPROVEMENT

PURETi breaks down VOCs (volatile organic compounds) and dust (organic
particulates) to help improve respiratory health. According to the Environmental

Protection Agency (EPA), indoor air pollution is one of the top five environmental risks
to public health. A 1989 EPA report to Congress concluded that improved indoor air
quality can result in higher productivity and fewer lost work days. The EPA estimates
that poor indoor air may cost the nation tens of billions of dollars each year in lost
productivity and medical care! PURETi treated windows, window coverings and light
fixtures act as air scrubbers to substantially reduce VOCs and other airborne organic
particulates in interior spaces. The difference is noticeable, immediate and remarkably
beneficial. PURETi is so powerful at purifying air that it has been incorporated into an
FDA recognized protocol to help children with severe respiratory disease. Benefits to
the healthy population are projected to be improved attendance, higher productivity and
lower health care costs.
7 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 5 - SELF-CLEANING

Life cycle analysis show the use of PURETi to be a tremendous net environmental
good. Photocatalytic oxidation is an innovative way of lowering pollution levels after

the pollution has been produced removing NOX, methane, and VOCs from the air
while reducing energy used for cleaning. PURETi helps save water by reducing washing
cycles and helps save energy by making white roofs more reflective and solar panels
more efficient. One cost effective application of PURETi lasts for 5 years or more to
deliver a broad spectrum of sustainable environmental benefits.
7 . 2 . 1 . 5 . 6 - COST EFFICIENCY

PURETi is a low cost capital expense that delivers years and years of operational
savings from reduced washing and facility preservation. PURETi saves money in so
many ways from the hard ROI of reduced window washing and cool roof and solar
panel energy savings to the soft ROI of increased guest satisfaction and retention and
improved worker health and efficiency. Cleaner building materials last longer. PURETi
treated buildings will stay cleaner to last longer to cut replacement cycles.
CHAPTER 7
256
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
7 . 2 . 2 - ALTERNATIVE AND PRODUCTIVE ENERGY

7 . 2 . 2 . 1 - ENERGY FROM POLLUTION

A distinct type of microbial fuel cells (MFC) can oxidize organic pollutants
and create electricity from pollution. The advantage of the microbial fuel cells is they
take renewable organic materials and capture the energy value within them. There are
plenty of organic materials, especially waste materials, around that have energy value.
The problem is that energy is in an inconvenient form. There are piles of energy we
cant use. The need to convert this energy into something society can use as a reliable
energy source. Micro-organisms can convert organic material into one of three energy
sources: methane, hydrogen, or electricity. Using the microbial fuel cell we can get
energy value out of organic stuff and convert it into electricity.

The microbial fuel cell is powered by bacteria growing as a biofilm on
an conductive solid surface serving as an electrode in a bath of organic waste. The

microorganisms oxidize the organic pollutants for example pig manure transferring
the electrons to the electrode, into an electrical circuit, and eventually to oxygen at
the cathoode. The current of electrons flowing through circuit are electrical energy,
explains Rittmann. The microbial fuel cell takes advantage of the microbes ability to
oxidize almost anything that is organic. Microbial fuel cell offers several advantages
over conventional hydrogen-based fuel cells. Most fuel cells are currently limited to
using just hydrogen derived from fossil fuel as its energy source.
CHAPTER 7
257
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
7 . 2 . 2 . 2 - PIEZOELECTRIC ENERGY

The piezoelectric effect converts mechanical strain into electric current or
voltage. This strain can come from many different sources. Human motion, lowfrequency seismic vibrations, and acoustic noise are everyday examples. Except in
rare instances the piezoelectric effect operates in AC requiring time-varying inputs at
mechanical resonance to be efficient. Most piezoelectric electricity sources produce
power on the order of milliwatts, too small for system application, but enough for handheld devices such as some commercially available self-winding wristwatches. One
proposal is that they are used for micro-scale devices, such as in a device harvesting
micro-hydraulic energy. In this device, the flow of pressurized hydraulic fluid drives
a reciprocating piston supported by three piezoelectric elements which convert the
pressure fluctuations into an alternating current.

Piezoelectric systems can convert motion from the human body into electrical
power. DARPA has funded efforts to harness energy from leg and arm motion, shoe
impacts, and blood pressure for low level power to implantable or wearable sensors.
The nanobrushes are another example of a piezoelectric energy harvester. They can be
integrated into clothing. Careful design is needed to minimise user discomfort. These
energy harvesting sources by association have an impact on the body. The Vibration
Energy Scavenging Project is another project that is set up to try to scavenge electrical
energy from environmental vibrations and movements. Microbelt can be used to gather
electricity from respiration.

The use of piezoelectric materials to harvest power has already become popular.
Piezoelectric materials have the ability to transform mechanical strain energy into
electrical charge. Piezo elements are being embedded in walkways to recover the people
energy of footsteps. They can also be embedded in shoes to recover walking energy.
CHAPTER 7
258
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
7 . 3 - STRUCTURAL
7 . 3 . 1 - DIAGRID STRUCTURAL SYSTEM

Diagrid (a portmanteau of diagonal grid) is a design for constructing large
buildings with steel that creates triangular structures with diagonal support beams.It
requires less structural steel than a conventional steel frame. Hearst Tower in New York
City, designed by Sir Norman Foster, reportedly uses 21 % less steel than a standard
design. The Diagrid also obviates the need for large corner columns and provides a
better distribution of load in the case of a compromised building. Another building
designed by Sir Norman Foster, 30 St Mary Axe, known as "the Gherkin", also makes
use of this structural system.

British architect Ian Ritchie wrote in 2012, "... The origin of diagonal structures
is surely the Russian genius Vladimir Shukhov. He pioneered new analytical methods in
many different fields, and I have been fortunate to visit some of his constructed projects
more than once. Shukhov left a lasting legacy to early Soviet Russia constructivism, and
as the leading engineer and mathematician during the late 19th and early 20th century
he created hyperboloid, thin shell and tensile structures of extraordinary refinement and
elegance.
Figure 7-12 . Diagrid Structural System
CHAPTER 7
259
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
7 . 3 . 1 - THERMOBIOMETAL STRUCTURAL SYSTEM

Thermobimetal is a lamination of two alloys of metals with different coefficients
of expansion. When heated, the "smart" material curls. This natural behavior is beneficial
during construction because it enables a person to assemble the project with minimal
effort and danger. With no mechanical force required, a single person can assemble
the surface with a single hand. Each individual piece is heated in a conventional oven
to about 350? Farenheit, the point with optimal geometric curl, then simply held into
position until it cools. As the piece cools and returns to its flattened state, it is prematurely
locked into place, forming a pre-tensioned bow-beam (imagine an archer's bow). When
distributed in a field of bows on a cylindrical type of surface, the result is an extremely
strong and lightweight shell, much like the exo-skeleton of a lobster or crustacean. The
surface is held in tension with no connection hardware.
Figure 7-13 . Thermobiometal Structural System
CHAPTER 7
260
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
7 . 4 - CASE STUDIES
7 . 4 . 1 - FOREIGN LITERATURE
7 . 4 . 1 . 1 - LONDON CITY HALL
Architect: Foster + Partners
Location: London, England
Completed: 2002
Size: 130,000 sq ft
Structural Engineer: Arup

Since the turn of the millennium, a heightened awareness of the worlds
environmental issues has surfaced. Studies done around the world have concluded that
buildings are responsible for consuming half of the total amount of energy consumed in
the developed world. In addition, few people are aware that buildings are responsible for
producing half of the worlds carbon dioxide emissions. With this rising knowledge, it
is apparent that architecture and the incorporation of innovative design strategies have
the potential to dramatically influence the earths well being.

As technology continues to develop, the ability to explore innovative methods
of utilizing alternative and renewable resources comes with greater ease. In addition,
the development of advanced digital design tools allows architects to explore
environmentally responsible strategies, while simultaneously analyzing their success.
Overall, greater access to these innovative design technologies has, and will continue
to allow architects to take on a more holistic approach to design, just as Foster and
Partners did with London City Hall.
CHAPTER 7
261
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
CHAPTER 7
262
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
7 . 4 . 1 . 1 . 1 - DEMOCRATIC CRITERIA

City Hall begins to respond to the necessity for democracy by drawing the
public in with its iconic building form. The ground level consists of a sunken outdoor
amphitheater that draws the public into an underground caf and exhibition space
located directly beneath the assembly chamber. A central winding ramp allows patrons
to symbolically ascend through all ten stories of the building and above the debate
chamber of their elected representatives The ramp eventually leads past the mayors
office to what is known as Londons Living Room. This space provides an excellent
exhibition space with its naturally lit spaces, as well as an outdoor terrace that can
accommodate up to 200 guests. The transparent glass exterior allows the citizens of
London to feel like they are a greater part of their governing body. The transparent
faade allows Londoners to see directly into the operating chamber, symbolizing an
open system of government. This idea is enhanced by the buildings views over the
Thames River, Tower Bridge and cityscape abroad that serve as a reminder of Londons
role as a historically rooted and ever-developing world-class city. The chamber also
contains 250 seats for public and press viewing ofthe GLAs meetings and debates.

Along with the democratic concept, the working atmosphere created inside of the
building is admittedly not the spacious office type found in a luxurious office building.
Instead, the inside is more of a local-governmentstyle office, where the workspace is
pushed to the center and openplan areas line the perimeter.
CHAPTER 7
263
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
7 . 4 . 1 . 1 . 2 - ENVIRONMENTAL CRITERIA

Designed to set the standard for environmentally conscious buildings in London,
The London City Hall incorporates several passive and active design features to achieve
its sustainable merit.
7 . 4 . 1 . 1 . 2 . 1 - POSITION

Located on the edge of the Thames, London City Hall takes full advantage of its
seclusion from traffic noise and fumes. In addition, the building is positioned to receive
the fresh air of the Thames and optimize energy performance according to its position
on site and orientation to the sun.
7 . 4 . 1 . 1 . 2 . 2 - FORM

The exterior formal moves are derived from the desire to reduce the total glass
surface area of the building. In general, a spherical building consumes 25% less energy
than cubic building of the same volume. Therefore, the solar heat gain and heat loss
through London City Halls building envelope is minimized
7 . 4 . 1 . 1 . 2 . 3 - ENVELOPE

Experimental building simulations showed that the energy consumption of an
office building could be drastically reduced with the incorporation of thermally efficient
cladding. Consequently, the amount of cooling and heating loads would immediately be
limited. The building envelope also responds to thermal mapping results, which were
derived using threedimensional lighting analyses and a daylight simulation technique.
This technique calculated the incident solar radiation by calculated the illuminance
for each panel and converting it into a heat gain value. In locations along the facade
where the greatest solar impacts occur, the ratio of glazing to cladding is reduced and
an operable louver system is used. The spherical geometry of the structure required the
exact measurements of 654 unique panels that were set at different angles.
CHAPTER 7
264
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
7 . 4 . 1 . 1 . 2 . 4 - VENTILATION

London City Halls environmental strategies also begin to incorporate passive
control systems that allow the building to operate more efficiently. Amongst these
systems are displacement floor grills placed below windows that supply fresh air to
the office spaces. Operable vents along the edge of the building also allow for natural
ventilation. Displacement ventilation systems are used to cool the committee rooms
and debate chamber. During winter, a hygroscopic thermal wheel extracts heat and
moisture from the air and is used to preheat the air supply. During the summer, the same
system is used to cool the incoming air supply.
7 . 4 . 1 . 1 . 2 . 5 - HEATING AND COOLING

Chilled beams along with low-level air supply serve as the main forms of cooling.
Borehole cooling allows cool groundwater to be pumped up from the ground to chiller
beams in the ceilings. After cooling the building, the borehole water is recycled and
used for flushing toilets. During the winter, mass amounts of heat are lost through the
exposed external wall of the chamber. In order to heat the chamber, the diagrid faade
structure is used as a large radiator and convector heater. The combination of these
energy-saving cooling strategies eliminates the need for mechanical chillers and reduces
the annual energy consumption of the buildings mechanical systems by approximately
25% that of a typical office building.
CHAPTER 7
265
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
7 . 4 . 1 . 1 . 3 - PERFORMANCE CHECK

After a year of operation, London City Hall was consuming a reported 50% more
energy than it had been predicted to consume. Prior to construction, the building was
predicted to use 236kWh/sq m, while the recorded consumption in 2003 was 376kWh/
sq m. Because the many were persuaded of the buildings form due to its environmental
merits, this news was startling to officials. A Greater London Authority spokesman
commented that the building program was used differently than initially intended, while
it also acted as a conference center and tourist attraction. David Kong explained that in
addition to this, many factors out of the architects hands had an influence. This included
the tenant housing more employees in the building than predicted, which created more
heat that the cooling loads could compete with. In addition, lights were generally kept
on all day, producing extra heat loads. David Kongs final response emphasized that
despite what reports may say, London City Hall was a groundbreaking office building
that implemented sustainable technologies, which had never been entirely incorporated
into one London building before. He added that all included technologies, such as
borehole cooling, a high performance faCade and photovoltaics, will undoubtedly
produce less carbon emissions in the end
7 . 4 . 1 . 1 . 4 - RETROFITTING

A solar photovoltaic system was installed on the roof of London City Hall.
Because photovoltaics did not adhere with the initial construction program, special
measures were taken to ensure that the roof structure had the ability to be retrofitted with
photovoltaics when government funding was available. Benefits of solar photovoltaics
include providing clean, inexhaustible energy from the sun while producing zero carbon
emissions.
CHAPTER 7
266
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
7 . 4 . 1 . 2 - SYDNEY OPERA HOUSE

Architect: Jrn Utzon
Location: Syndey, Australia
Completed: 1973
Size: 191,664 sq ft
Structural Engineer: Arup

The facility features a modern expressionist design, with a series of large precast
concrete shells, each composed of sections of a sphere of 75.2 metres (246 ft 8.6 in)
radius,forming the roofs of the structure, set on a monumental podium. The building
covers 1.8 hectares (4.4 acres) of land and is 183 m (600 ft) long and 120 m (394 ft)
wide at its widest point. It is supported on 588 concrete piers sunk as much as 25 m (82
ft) below sea level.

Although the roof structures are commonly referred to as shells (as in this
article), they are precast concrete panels supported by precast concrete ribs, not
shells in a strictly structural sense. Though the shells appear uniformly white from
a distance, they actually feature a subtle chevron pattern composed of 1,056,006 tiles
in two colours: glossy white as well as matte cream. The tiles were manufactured by
the Swedish company Hgans AB which generally produced stoneware tiles for the
paper-mill industry.

Apart from the tile of the shells and the glass curtain walls of the foyer spaces,
the buildings exterior is largely clad with aggregate panels composed of pink granite
quarried at Tarana. Significant interior surface treatments also include off-form concrete,
Australian white birch plywood supplied from Wauchope in northern New South Wales,
and brush box glulam.
CHAPTER 7
267
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
Figure 7-17 . Sydney Opera House at Night
CHAPTER 7
268
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
Of the two larger spaces, the Concert Hall is in the western group of shells,
the Joan Sutherland Theatre in the eastern group. The scale of the shells was chosen
to reflect the internal height requirements, with low entrance spaces, rising over the
seating areas up to the high stage towers. The smaller venues (the Drama Theatre, the
Playhouse, and The Studio) are within the podium, beneath the Concert Hall. A smaller
group of shells set to the western side of the Monumental Steps houses the Bennelong
Restaurant. The podium is surrounded by substantial open public spaces, and the large
stone-paved forecourt area with the adjacent monumental steps is regularly used as a
performance space.

The building also houses a recording studio, cafes, restaurants and bars and
retail outlets. Guided tours are available, including a frequent tour of the front-of-house
spaces, and a daily backstage tour that takes visitors backstage to see areas normally
reserved for performers and crew members.
CHAPTER 7
269
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
7 . 4 . 1 . 3 - GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM BILBAO

Architect: Gehry Partners, LLP
Location: Abando, Bilbao, Spain
Completed: 1997
Size: 249.990 sq ft
Structural Engineer: Skidmore, Owings & Merrill

Set on the edge of the Nervin River in Bilbao, Spain, the Guggenheim Museum
is a fusion of complex, swirling forms and captivating materiality that responds to an

intricate program and an industrial urban context. With over a hundred exhibitions and
more than ten million visitors to its recognition, Frank Gehrys Guggenheim Museum
Bilbao not only changed the way that architects and people think about museums, but
also boosted Bilbaos economy with its astounding success. In fact, the phenomenon of
a citys transformation following the construction of a significant piece of architecture
is now referred to as the Bilbao Effect. Twenty years on, the Museum continues to
challenge assumptions about the connections between art and architecture today. in
1991, the Basque government proposed to the Solomon R. Guggenheim Foundation
that it fund a Guggenheim museum to be built in Bilbaos dilapidated port area, once
the citys main source of income.

Appropriately, the museum became part of a larger redevelopment plan that
was meant to renew and modernize the industrial town. Almost immediately after its
opening in 1997, the Guggenheim Bilbao became a popular tourist attraction, drawing
visitors from around the world.
CHAPTER 7
270
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
CHAPTER 7
271
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
The riverside site is on the northern edge of the city center. A road and railway
line is to the south, the river to the north, and the concrete structure of the Salve Bridge
to the east. Making a tangible physical connection with the city, the building circulates
and extrudes around the Salve Bridge, creates a curved riverside promenade, and forms
a generous new public plaza on the south side of the site where the city grid ends. The
building alludes landscapes, such as the narrow passageway to the main entrance hall
reminiscent of a gorge, or the curved walkway and water features in response to the
Nervin River.

Although the metallic form of the exterior looks almost floral from above, from
the ground the building more closely resembles a boat, evoking the past industrial life
of the port of Bilbao. Constructed of titanium, limestone, and glass, the seemingly
random curves of the exterior are designed to catch the light and react to the sun and the
weather. Fixing clips make a shallow central dent in each of the .38mm titanium tiles,
making the surface appear to ripple in the changing light and giving an extraordinary
iridescence to the overall composition. Because of their mathematical intricacy, the
twisting curves were designed using a 3-D design software called CATIA, which allows
for complex designs and calculations that would not have been possible a few years ago.
Essentially, the software digitizes points on the edges, surfaces, and intersections of
Gehrys hand-built models to construct on-screen models that can then be manipulated
in the manner of animated cartoons.
CHAPTER 7
272
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
The buildings walls and ceilings are load-bearing, containing an internal
structure of metal rods that form grids with triangles. CATIA calculated the number of
bars required in each location, as well as the bars positions and orientations. In addition
to this structure, the walls and ceilings have several insulating layers and an outer coating
of titanium. Each piece is exclusive to its location, determined by the CATIA software.
The large, light-filled atrium serves as the organizing center of the museum, distributing
11,000 square meters of exhibition space over nineteen galleries. Ten of these galleries
[26]
follow a classic orthogonal plan that can be identified from the exterior by a limestone
finish. The remaining nine galleries are identified from the outside by swirling organic
forms clad in titanium. The largest gallery is 30 meters wide and 130 meters long and
houses a permanent installation called The Matter of Time by Richard Serra.

The socio-economic impact of the museum has been astounding. During the
first three years of operation, almost 4 million tourists visited the museumgenerating
about 500 million in profit. Furthermore, the money visitors spent on hotels, restaurants,
shops and transport collected over 100 million in taxes, which more than offset the cost
of the building. However, the promise of the Bilbao Effect also sparked a building
boom in statement architecture across the globe, one which proved imprudent in
the wake of the recent economic crisis. Nevertheless, the Museum remains an iconic
structure renowned for its complexity and form.
CHAPTER 7
273
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
7 . 4 . 1 . 4 - DEE AND CHARLES WYLY THEATRE

Architect: REX/OMA
Location: Dallas, USA
Completed: 2009
Size: 7,700 sqm
Structural Engineer: Magnusson Klemencic Associates, Seattle

The Dallas Theater Center (DTC) is known for its innovative work, the result
of its leaderships constant experimentation and the provisional nature of its long-time
home. DTC was housed in the Arts District Theater, a dilapidated metal shed that freed
its resident companies from the limitations imposed by a fixed-stage configuration and
the need to avoid harming expensive interior finishes. The directors who worked there
constantly challenged the traditional conventions of theater and often reconfigured the
form of the stage to fit their artistic visions. As a result, the Arts District Theater was
renowned as the most flexible theater in America. The costs of constantly reconfiguring
its stage, however, became a financial burden and eventually DTC permanently fixed
its stage into a thrust-cenium.

Imagining a replacement for DTCs old house raised several distinct challenges.
First, the new theater needed to engender the same freedoms created by the makeshift
nature of its previous home. Second, the new venue needed to be flexible and multiform while requiring minimal operational costs.
CHAPTER 7
274
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
CHAPTER 7
275
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
The Dee and Charles Wyly Theatre overcomes these challenges by overturning
conventional theater design. Instead of circling front-of-house and back-of-house

functions around the auditorium and fly tower, the Wyly Theatre stacks these facilities
below-house and above-house. This strategy transforms the building into one big
theater machine. At the push of a button, the theater can be transformed into a wide
array of configurationsincluding proscenium, thrust, and flat floorfreeing directors
and scenic designers to choose the stage-audience configuration that fulfills their artistic
desires. Moreover, the performance chamber is intentionally made of materials that are
not precious in order to encourage alterations; the stage and auditorium surfaces can be
cut, drilled, painted, welded, sawed, nailed, glued and stitched at limited cost.

Stacking the Wyly Theatres ancillary facilities above- and below-house also
liberates the performance chambers entire perimeter, allowing fantasy and reality
to mix when and where desired. Directors can incorporate the Dallas skyline and
streetscape into performances at will, as the auditorium is enclosed by an acoustic glass
faade with hidden black-out blinds that can be opened or closed. Panels of the faade
can also be opened to allow patrons or performers to enter into the auditorium or stage
directly from outside, bypassing the downstairs lobby.

By investing in infrastructure that allows ready transformation and liberating the
performance chambers perimeter, the Wyly Theatre grants its artistic directors freedom
to determine the entire theater experience, from audience arrival to performance
configuration to departure. On consecutive days, the Wyly Theatre can produce
Shakespeare on a proscenium stage or Beckett in a flat-floor configuration silhouetted
against the Dallas cityscape. Both learning from, and improving upon, DTCs original
Arts District Theater, the Dee and Charles Wyly Theatre will restore Dallas as the home
of the most flexible theater in America, if not the world.
CHAPTER 7
276
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
7 . 4 . 2 - LOCAL LITERATURE
7 . 4 . 2 . 1 - CULTURAL CENTER OF THE PHILIPPINES
Architect: Leandro V. Locsin
Location: Pasay and Manila, Philippines
Completed: 1966
Size: 653,400,000,000 sq ft
Structural Engineer: Alfredo Juinio

The facade of the National Theater is dominated by a two-storey travertine
block suspended 12 meters (39 ft) high by deep concave cantilevers on three sides. The
rest of the structure is clad in concrete, textured by crushed seashells originally found
on the reclamation site.

The building is built on a massive podium, and entry is through a vehicular ramp
in front of the raised lobby and a pedestrian side entry on its northwest side. In front
of the faade and below the ramp, there is an octagonal reflecting pool with fountains
and underwater lights. On the main lobby, three large Capiz-shell chandeliers hang
from the third floor ceiling, each symbolizing the three main geographical divisions
of the Philippines: Luzon, Visayas and Mindanao. At the orchestra entrance, a brass
sculpture, The Seven Arts by Vicente Manansala welcomes the audience into the main
theater. From the pedestrian entrance, Arturo Luzs Black and White is displayed as
spectators enter the little theater or ascend to the main lobby through a massive carpeted
spiral staircase.
CHAPTER 7
277
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
CHAPTER 7
278
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
Most of the interior is lit artificially, as there are few windows, most of which
are located along the sides of the main lobby. Large areas on the upper floors are open
to the ground floor lobby, emphasizing the large chandeliers and fluid interior spaces
on northeast side of the building. Galleries and other rooms surround these open areas,
occupying the space created by the huge cantilevered block. Whenever possible, the
walls surrounding these rooms are used as additional venues for displaying art works.

Much of the criticism of the buildings architecture is directed towards its
vehicular ramp. Since there are usually no valet services or parking areas directly
accessible from the lobby entrance, the ramps use is ideal only for audience members
who are chauffeur-driven; at the expense of pedestrians, who may enter through the
side entrance or a narrow (and potentially hazardous) pathway on the ramp. In defense
of the design, Andy Locsin (a partner of his fathers firm) explained that the decision of
raising the whole structure on the podium (and consequently, the addition of the ramp)
was in response to the high sea levels on the reclaimed land, and was not intended to
promote an elitist view of art and culture.
CHAPTER 7
279
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
7 . 4 . 2 . 2 - MANILA CENTRAL POST OFFICE

Architect: Juan M. Arellano , Toms Mapa
Location: Ermita, Manila, Philippines
Completed: 1941
Size: 110,000 sq ft

This official transmitter of mail, money and goods traces its beginnings to Act
No. 462 of the Philippine Commission on September 15, 1902, creating the Bureau of
Posts. Postal service in the country, albeit crude and slow, began during the Spanish
period with horse-riding couriers till it reached the marked improvements which the
Americans initiated. The present building which houses the bureau hums daily with
brisk postal service. Now under the Ministry of Public Works, Transportation and
Communication, the Bureau of Posts, now houses a modern and efficient look with its
mechanized automatic letter-sorting machine, new Postal Code, Metropolitan Airmail
Network, motorized letter carriers and all other new facilities.

The Manila Post Office was strategically located by Daniel Burnham at the
foot of Jones Bridge because of two reasons. First reason was that the Pasig River
can be conveniently used as an easy route for delivering mails and secondly, it can be
accessible from all sides including Quiapo, Binondo, Malate and Ermita. Considered
to be Juan Arellanos magnum opus, it was designed to be in neoclassical style that
expressed order and balance. It was built in 1926 and was worth one million pesos.
Fronting the huge, rectangular volume are the 16 Ionic pillars lined that are lined up
above the steps just before entering the lobby. The main body of the building is capped
by a recessed rectangular attic storey and flanked and buttressed by two semi-circular
wings. Inside, the main lobby has subsidiary halls at each end housed under the semicircular spaces roofed with domes.
CHAPTER 7
280
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
CHAPTER 7
281
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
CHAPTER VIII : SPATIAL ANALYSIS AND PROGRAMMING

8 . 1 - IDENTIFICATION AND LIST OF SPATIAL REQUIREMENTS

The Manila Forum offers diverse activities in order to achieve it's goal of
community development through civic and cultural engagement. Manileno's have a

distinct identity of being energentic and positive. Thus, there must always be ample
spaces for them to not only be engaged in activities provided for them, but also for them
to channel their energies in self-expression. With this, the project is characterized as
a venue for recreation; structured and non-structured activities that seeks to provide a
better lifestyle for the people of Manila and their development for mind, body and spirit
in order to be the best civilians and leaders that they could be. The areas are grouped
into the following, which will also be the basis for the zoning:
Manila Forum
Manila Civic
Manila Culture
Administration
Staff and Support Facilities
Parking Area
CHAPTER 8
282
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
8 . 1 . 1 - MANILA FORUM

The Manila Forum spaces are areas where the people of Manila converge about
everything and anything hat they would want, where ideas and culture are spontaneously
exchanged. These are the open and social, outdoor, and semi-outdoor park-like spaces
relatively to be used for recreation; it shall serve as the public forum and platform for
dialogue for the people of Manila. Commercial spaces that are provided are those
that provide services, sell goods to the general public that are considered green and
encourage clean, healthy living, and promote Social responsibility and awareness.
These areas shall also help generate passive income for the center, thus enabling it to
provide funds for the centers activities and maintenance.
These spaces shall also provide them opportunities for informal, structured, and nonstructured activities such as dance or music practices, discussions and dialogues, artistic
endeavors, local sports activities and many more.
8 . 1 . 1 . 1 - THE MANILA FORUM PLAZA
Stepped plaza/greek forum type
Landscape, greenery, social and open spaces
Venues for recreatuional sports
8 . 1 . 1 . 2 - MANILA EXCHANGE
Social Lounge
Gaming Lounge
Movie Room
Mediatheque
8 . 1 . 1 . 3 - COMMERCIAL SPACES
Filipino food restaurant/Stalls
Book Store
Lounge and Cafe
CHAPTER 8
283
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
8 . 1 . 2 - MANILA CIVIC

The Manila Civic spaces are areas where the people of Manila converge in
public discourse and dialogue in order to build a better community. These spaces will
serve as a focal point for community and civic development so as to create individuals
as effective professionals and leaders for the community. The spaces will provide
venues for increased opportunities in terms of organized activities & socio-civic events
and to improve quality of life through enhanced social, political, and recreational
offerings.
8 . 1 . 2 . 1 - EXHIBITION AND LECTURE SPACES
The Manila Hall
Discussion and Counseling Room
Focus Group Discussion Room
Workshops
8 . 1 . 2 . 2 - SOCIAL SERVICES SPACES
Womens Affairs
Child Care Center
Youth Room
Adult Education Room
Elderly Room
Offices for NGO's
8 . 1 . 2 . 3 - MANILA CIVIC GALLERY AND EXHIBIT
Permanent Civic Exhibition Space
Semi-Permanent Exhibition Spaces (One per focus area of the civic affairs department)
CHAPTER 8
284
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
8 . 1 . 3 - MANILA CULTURE

The Manila Culture spaces are areas where the people of Manila capitalize on
themselves as a cultural people. These spaces exist to advocate, innovate, promote, and
engage the people of the various forms of contemporary culture and to develop culture
as a capital for community development. These spaces support the development and
promotion of the various diverse and unique forms of art and to enrich the awareness
and consciousness of the people of Manila about their contemporary cultural identity.

These spaces exist to encourage contemporary and street arts and to frame special
programs for the development and strengthening of the new modern and contemporary
art forms. These undertakings complement programs such as seminars, workshops etc.
so as to encourage and engage the people among themselves and with those of the rest
of the country in creative cultural dialogue.
8 . 1 . 3 . 1 - BLACK BOX MANILA
Black Box Theatre
Collapsible Stage Area
Spill Out Area/ Lobby
Ante-Room
Backstage
Preparation Area
Props Storage Area
Control Room
Male Dressing Room
Female Dressing Room
8 . 1 . 3 . 2 - EXHIBITION/OPEN SPACES
Exhibition Area
Preparation Area
Props Storage Area
Control Room
CHAPTER 8
285
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
8 . 1 . 3 . 3 - AUDITORIUM
Stage Area
Audience
Ante-Room
Preparation Area
Control Room
8 . 1 . 3 . 4 - CINEMA
Stage Area
Audience
Ante-Room
Preparation Area
Control Room
8 . 1 . 3 . 5 - MUSIC SPECIFIC SPACES
Music Hall
Jamming/Recording Studio
Recording Room
Sound-Lock Room
8 . 1 . 3 . 6 - PERFORMANCE SPECIFIC SPACES
Performance/Dance Studio
8 . 1 . 3 . 7 - VISUAL AND MULTI-MEDIA SPECIFIC
Artists Studios
Mini Galleries
Workshop Area
Multi-purpose Media Room
8 . 1 . 3 . 8 - EXPERIENCE MANILA GALLERY AND EXHIBIT
CHAPTER 8
286
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
8 . 1 . 4 - ADMINISTRATION

The Manila Forum administration team offices are for the personnel who exercise
administrative roles for the management, marketing, operation and maintenance of

the center. These facilities shall foster the planning of activities, meetings, business
transactions, as well as promotions and other necessary office work in lieu with the
mission and vision of The Manila Forum.
8 . 1 . 4 . 1 - OFFICE OF THE EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Office of the Executive Director
Office of the Assistant Executive Director
Secretary
Board Room
8 . 1 . 4 . 2 - CULTURAL AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT
Office of the Deputy Director
Common Office Spaces for the ff:

Commissioner On Visual Culture
Commissioner On Performance Arts
Commissioner On Experiential Culture
Commissioner On Experimental Culture
Commissioner On I.T. & Multi-Media
Commissioner On Kinesthetics & Sports
Commissioner On Food & Commerce
Staff
CHAPTER 8
287
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
8 . 1 . 4 . 3 - CIVIC AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT


Commissioner On Political Affairs
Commissioner On Economic Development
Commissioner On Social Affairs
Commissioner On Labor & Employment
Commissioner On Environmental Affairs
Commissioner On Women's & Children's Affairs
Commissioner On Health & Medicine
Staff
8 . 1 . 4 . 4 - ADMINISTRATIVE DEPARTMENT
Common Office Spaces for the Business Development Team:

Business Development Officer
Common Office Spaces for the Marketing And Advertising Team:

Marketing Officer
Advertising Officer
Creative Officer
Common Office Spaces for the Communications Team:

Spokesperson
Public Relations Officer
Common Office Spaces for the Volounteer Management Team:

Management Officer
Common Office Spaces for the I.T. & Systems Team:

Server & Control Room
I.T. Officer
Technician
Staff
CHAPTER 8
288
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
8 . 1 . 4 . 5 - FINANCE DEPARTMENT

Budget Officer
Accountant I
Accountant II
Purchasing Officer
Sponsorship Officer
Administrative Finances
Staff
8 . 1 . 4 . 6 - TRANSPARENCY DEPARTMENT

Deputy Director
Auditor
Human Resources Officer
Research And Archiving Officer
Staff
CHAPTER 8
289
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
8 . 1 . 5 - SERVICE AND SUPPORT FACILITIES

These areas house the utilities and mechanical equipments that are necessary for
the operation and maintenance of the building, and generally do not cater to the public.
8 . 1 . 5 . 1 - BUILDING DEVELOPMENT, MAINTENANCE, AND LOGISTICS
Common Office Spaces for the Buidling Management Team:

Engineer/Architect
Security Office
Staff
Toilet Facilities
Staff Lockers And Showers
8 . 1 . 5 . 2 - EQUIPMENT AND STORAGE AREAS
Storage Rooms
8 . 1 . 5 . 3 - ELECTRICAL ROOM
Main Distribution/Switchgear Room
Electrical Rooms
Meter Room for Commercial Spaces
Transformer Room
Generator Set
8 . 1 . 5 . 4 - MANIFOLD ROOM
8 . 1 . 5 . 5 - WATER/PUMP ROOM
Pump Room
Cistern
Water Tank
8 . 1 . 5 . 6 - FIRE PROVISION AND ACCESSIBILITY
Pump Room
Cistern
Fire Exits
8 . 1 . 5 . 7 - WASTE DISPOSAL AREA
CHAPTER 8
290
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
8 . 1 . 6 - PARKING FACILITIES

This zone refers to vehicular facilities those areas where mostly vehicular
activities occur such as parking and drop-off, service and deliveries.

8 . 1 . 6 . 1 - LOADING AND UNLOADING AREA
8 . 1 . 6 . 1 . 1 - PUV DROP OFF
Jeepney Stop
Bus Stop
Taxi/FX Bay
8 . 1 . 6 . 1 . 2 - PRIVATE VEHICLE DROP OFF
8 . 1 . 6 . 2 - PARKING AREA
Private Vehicles
Bicycle/Motorcycle Parking
Visitors Bus Parking
Service and Delivery
Staff Parking
CHAPTER 8
291
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
8 . 2 - SPACE PROGRAMMING
T H E
CHAPTER 8
292
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
T H E
CHAPTER 8
293
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
T H E
CHAPTER 8
294
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
T H E
CHAPTER 8
295
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
T H E
CHAPTER 8
296
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
T H E
CHAPTER 8
297
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
T H E
CHAPTER 8
298
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
T H E
CHAPTER 8
299
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
T H E
CHAPTER 8
300
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
T H E
CHAPTER 8
301
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
T H E
CHAPTER 8
302
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
T H E
CHAPTER 8
303
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
8 . 3 - SUMMARY OF AREAS
T H E
CHAPTER 8
304
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
T H E
CHAPTER 8
305
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
Figure 8-15 . Matrix Diagram
8 . 4 - MATRIX DIAGRAM
T H E
CHAPTER 8
306
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
8 . 5 - BUBBLE DIAGRAM
T H E
CHAPTER 8
307
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
T H E
CHAPTER 8
308
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
T H E
CHAPTER 8
309
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
T H E
CHAPTER 8
310
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
T H E
CHAPTER 8
311
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
T H E
CHAPTER 8
312
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
CHAPTER IX : CONCEPTUAL ANALYSIS

9 . 1 - PHILOSOPHY
"Architecture is the unspoken dialogue between the soil and the soul"

-Philip Lewis
The task of encapsulating the epitome of Architecture would be a dire undertaking
that would inevitably be contested right from the moment of its conception. But as
confound as the endeavor may be, nonetheless, it is a journey worth a thousand treks.

Architecture consists of more than just a trite composition of lines and scribbles
written on paper, or an encompassing congregation of materials buit to satisfy man's

need for shelter. Architecture is the platform in which our ethos is created and as
a participant to all of humanity's movements. Architecture is the unspoken dialogue
between the soil in which we stand on and the soul through which we exist.
9 . 2 - CONCEPT

Discovery is the action or process of discovering or being discovered. The
ideals, principles and narrative of discovery directed this project from conceptualization
to the planning and design of the architecture. We have all made promises and broken
them, we have all made mistakes and have tried to correct them. We have all tried to
search for the meaning for our existence in everything that we do, and in every bit of
who we are. Im interested not so much in discovery in designing physical structures,
but the structures that govern people. I have always been interested in understanding
how people work in social situations. In making the system work for everybody.
"Form Follows People"

-Philip Lewis
CHAPTER 9
313
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
9 . 2 . 1 - ARCHITECTURAL CONCEPT

Architecturally speaking, A lighthouse is a tower, building, or other type of
structure designed to emit light from a system of lamps and lenses and used as a
navigational aid for maritime pilots at sea or on inland waterways. But the architectural
concept for this project is a lighthouse not for the immediate actuality of it, but for what
it stands and represents. It acts as a guiding light for whoever navigates through sea's
in rough times. A lighthouse is a symbol of guidance and hope in rough times.
9 . 3 - DESIGN OBJECTIVES

To design a center that would contribute to the reconstitution of Manilas
cultural and civic identity and pride through macro planning, cultural immersion, and
community engagement

To provide a center that would showcase and advocate for the tangible and

To instill greater pride and glory for Manila by creating a venue to showcase

To create a structure wherein the focus is to address the needs of the community
and the people, in order to advocate for community development, transparency, and
trust between the people and government of manila.
CHAPTER 9
314
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
9 . 4 - DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
Placemaking and New Urbanism
Accessibility
I.T. Systems and Operations
Landscape and Waterscape Design
Social Inclusivety and Consensus Design
Environmental and Architectural Sustainability
Passive Architectural Technologies
Civic Engagement and Government Transparency
CHAPTER 9
315
T H E
M A N I L A
F O R U M
C E N T E R
F O R
C U L T U R E
&
C I V I C
E N G A G E M E N T
CHAPTER X : ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN SOLUTION

10 . 1 . MASTERPLAN DEVELOPMENT
Elevat ed Walking Park
Should the elevated railway of
t h e L RT l i n e 1 b e n o l o n g e r i n u s e ,
it shall be converted to a elevated walking park.
Water front R edevelopment

E x is tin g w ater f r o n t ar eas ar e to be
c o n v er ted in to l in ear par k s an d
v ar io u s r ec r eatio n al s pac es in o r der
to pr o m o te c iv ic en gagem en t an d
s o c iabil ity
The Manila Circle

The fl y o v er s ar e to be r epl ac ed
b y th r ee s pear ate r o u n dabo u ts in o r der to mi t i g a t e a n d l e s s e n t h e v e h i cu l a r t r a f fi c.
t he ex is tin g fl y o v er s c r eate u n w an ted s h ado w s a n d d a r k a r e a s f o r t h e p l a ce a n d t h e r e f o r e
re m o v e an y s en s e o f s af ety f o r th e ar ea. T h e r o u n d a b o u t s a r e a l s o
a b etter s o l u tio n in o r der to s o l v e th e v eh ic u l a r t r a f fi c
a nd to br in g bac k th e c iv ic pr ide f o r th e ar ea .
Parks and Social Spaces
Ad d i t i o n a l p a r k s a r e t o b e d e v e l o p e d i n t h e a r e a
so as to create a place for people
CHAPTER 10
316
APPENDIX
CHAPTER IV - APPENDIX
4 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 2 - DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE-NSO STATISTICS
Municipalities
and Cities
Name
District
Code
Income
Class
1. TONDO I / II
133901000
2. BINONDO
133902000
3. QUIAPO
133903000
4. SAN NICOLAS
133904000
5. SANTA CRUZ
133905000
6. SAMPALOC
133906000
7. SAN MIGUEL
133907000
8. ERMITA
133908000
9. INTRAMUROS
133909000
10. MALATE
133910000
11. PACO
133911000
12. PANDACAN
133912000
13. PORT AREA
133913000
14. SANTA ANA
133914000
City Class
Highly
Urbanized
Highly
Urbanized
Highly
Urbanized
Highly
Urbanized
Highly
Urbanized
Highly
Urbanized
Highly
Urbanized
Highly
Urbanized
Highly
Urbanized
Highly
Urbanized
Highly
Urbanized
Highly
Urbanized
Highly
Urbanized
Highly
Urbanized
Populatio
n
-2013
Registere
d
Voters 1(2
010)
1st/2nd
333,545
628,106
3rd
8,632
12,985
3rd
23,929
24,886
3rd
27,677
44,241
3rd
85,781
115,747
195,816
341,461
6th
10,915
15,992
5th
9,734
7,143
5th
5,469
4,925
5th
47,023
77,513
5th/6th
43,171
70,978
6th
46,581
73,895
5th
22,816
57,405
5th/6th
98,492
176,894
4th/6th
(as of May
1, 2010)
4 . 2 . 1 . 3 . 7 - HOUSING
Table 7. Households by Tenure Status of the Lot and City/Municipality: 2007
Tenure Status of the Lot
City/Municipality
MANILA
TONDO
BINONDO
QUIAPO
SAN NICOLAS
SANTA CRUZ
SAMPALOC
SAN MIGUEL
ERMITA
INTRAMUROS
MALATE
PACO
PANDACAN
PORT AREA
SANTA ANA
Total
Households
Owned/
Being
Amortized
Rented
Rent-free
With Consent
of Owner
Rent-free
Without
Consent of
Owner
Not
Not Applicable
Reported
382,183
153,667
153,323
50,757
20,772
2,148
1,516
137,834
3,336
5,545
9,966
28,765
86,709
3,587
1,657
1,181
18,118
16,280
16,619
11,926
40,660
62,308
887
1,066
3,061
7,517
32,013
829
335
240
6,940
6,706
8,645
3,646
19,474
44,182
1,990
3,662
3,567
15,974
44,987
2,150
784
616
6,782
6,429
5,591
874
15,735
16,978
205
288
733
3,604
7,992
516
350
178
3,822
2,559
2,160
7,175
4,197
13,327
139
468
1,752
1,519
1,263
71
82
135
392
526
98
122
878
675
14
54
150
129
353
11
80
9
129
51
121
97
275
364
101
7
703
22
101
10
26
3
53
9
4
12
101
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
4 . 3 . 3 - HISTORICAL FACTORS - HISTORICAL MAPS

MAP OF MANILA - 1898
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
CHAPTER V - APPENDIX
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
CHAPTER VIII - APPENDIX
COMPUTATION OF SPACES
APPENDIX
GLOSSARY
abatement - noun. the act of abating; an interruption in the intensity or amount of something.
administrative - adj. of or relating to or responsible for administration.
agglomeration - noun. the act of collecting in a mass; the act of agglomerating; a jumbled
collection or mass.
anthropology - noun. the social science that studies the origins and social relationships of
human beings.
architecture - noun. the profession of designing buildings and environments with consideration
for their esthetic effect; an architectural product or work; the discipline dealing with the
principles of design and construction and ornamentation of fine buildings.
art - noun. the creation of beautiful or significant things; the products of human creativity; works
of art collectively; a superior skill that you can learn by study and practice and observation;
photographs or other visual representations in a printed publication.
auditory - adj. of or relating to the process of hearing.
bio-composites - noun. A biocomposite is a material formed by a matrix (resin) and a
reinforcement of natural fibers (usually derived from plants or cellulose).
city - noun. people living in a large densely populated municipality; a large and densely
populated urban area; may include several independent administrative districts; an incorporated
administrative district established by state charter.
civic - adj. of or relating or belonging to a city; of or relating to or befitting citizens as individuals.
climate - noun. the weather in some location averaged over some long period of time; the
prevailing psychological state.
commerce - noun. transactions (sales and purchases) having the objective of supplying
commodities (goods and services).
contemporary - adj. belonging to the present time; characteristic of the present; occurring in the
same period of time; noun. a person of nearly the same age as another.
culture - noun. the raising of plants or animals; (biology) the growing of microorganisms in a
nutrient medium (such as gelatin or agar); the tastes in art and manners that are favored by a
social group; the attitudes and behavior that are characteristic of a particular social group or
organization; a particular society at a particular time and place; all the knowledge and values
shared by a society; a highly developed state of perfection; having a flawless or impeccable
quality.
demography - noun. the branch of sociology that studies the characteristics of human populations.
development - noun. act of improving by expanding or enlarging or refining.
easements - noun. a right to cross or otherwise use someone elses land for a specified purpose.
economy - noun. an act of economizing; reduction in cost; frugality in the expenditure of
money or resources; the efficient use of resources; the system of production and distribution
and consumption.
egress - noun. the act of coming (or going) out; becoming apparent; (astronomy) the reappearance
of a celestial body after an eclipse; the becoming visible; verb come out of.
employment - noun. the occupation for which you are paid; the act of giving someone a job; the
state of being employed or having a job; the act of using.
engagement - noun. employment for performers or performing groups that lasts for a limited
period of time; the act of sharing in the activities of a group; contact by fitting together; a
hostile meeting of opposing military forces in the course of a war; the act of giving someone a
job; a mutual promise to marry; a meeting arranged in advance.
escarpments - noun. a long, steep slope, especially one at the edge of a plateau or separating
areas of land at different heights.
estero - noun. : an estuary or inlet especially when marshy; specifically : a tidal channel used
as a drainage canal in populated districts.
executive - adj. having the function of carrying out plans or orders etc.; noun. persons who
administer the law; a person responsible for the administration of a business; someone who
manages a government agency or department.
finance - noun. the commercial activity of providing funds and capital; the management of
money and credit and banking and investments; the branch of economics that studies the
management of money and other assets; verb obtain or provide money for; sell or provide on
credit.
geology - noun. a science that deals with the history of the earth as recorded in rocks.
geotechnical - adj. : an estuary or inlet especially when marshy; specifically : a tidal channel
used as a drainage canal in populated districts.
government - noun. the act of governing; exercising authority; (government) the system or form
by which a community or other political unit is governed; the organization that is the governing
authority of a political unit; the study of government of states and other political units.
hierarchy - noun. any system of persons or things ranked one above another.
heritage - noun. practices that are handed down from the past by tradition; hereditary succession
to a title or an office or property; any attribute or immaterial possession that is inherited from
ancestors; that which is inherited; a title or property or estate that passes by law to the heir on
the death of the owner.
housing - noun. structures collectively in which people are housed; a protective cover designed
to contain or support a mechanical component; stable gear consisting of a decorated covering
for a horse, especially (formerly) for a warhorse.
hydrogeology - noun. the science of dealing with the occurrence and distribution of underground
water.
hydrology - noun. the branch of geology that studies water on the earth and in the atmosphere:
its distribution and uses and conservation.
identity - noun. the distinct personality of an individual regarded as a persisting entity; exact
sameness; the individual characteristics by which a thing or person is recognized or known; an
operator that leaves unchanged the element on which it operates.
income - noun. the financial gain (earned or unearned) accruing over a given period of time.
ingress - noun. (astronomy) the disappearance of a celestial body prior to an eclipse; the act of
entering.
insulation - noun. the act of protecting something by surrounding it with material that reduces or
prevents the transmission of sound or heat or electricity; the state of being isolated or detached;
a material that reduces or prevents the transmission of heat or sound or electricity.
kinetic - adj. characterized by motion; relating to the motion of material bodies and the forces
associated therewith; supplying motive force.
legislative - adj. of or relating to or created by legislation; relating to a legislature or composed

of members of a legislature; noun. persons who make or amend or repeal laws.
manila - noun. the capital and second largest city of the Philippines; located on southern Luzon;
a strong paper or thin cardboard with a smooth light brown finish made from e.g. Manila hemp.
manileno - noun. a person living or residing in manila.
marketable - adj. readily saleable.
music - noun. musical activity (singing or whistling etc.); punishment for ones actions; any
agreeable (pleasing and harmonious) sounds; (music) the sounds produced by singers or musical
instruments (or reproductions of such sounds); an artistic form of auditory communication
incorporating instrumental or vocal tones in a structured and continuous manner.
nanoparticle - noun. a microscopic particle of matter that is measured on the nanoscale, usually
one that measures less than 100 nanometers.
olfactory - adj. of or relating to olfaction
organization - noun. the activity or result of distributing or disposing persons or things
properly or methodically; the act of organizing a business or an activity related to a business;
an ordered manner; orderliness by virtue of being methodical and well organized; a group of
people who work together; the act of forming something; an organized structure for arranging
or classifying; the persons (or committees or departments etc.) who make up a body for the
purpose of administering something.
ownership - noun. the relation of an owner to the thing possessed; possession with the right
to transfer possession to others; the state or fact of being an owner; the act of having and
controlling property.
parcel - noun. the allotment of some amount by dividing something; a wrapped container; a
collection of things wrapped or boxed together; an extended area of land; verb make into a
wrapped container; cover with strips of canvas; divide into parts.
performance - noun. any recognized accomplishment; the act of performing; of doing something
successfully; using knowledge as distinguished from merely possessing it; the act of presenting
a play or a piece of music or other entertainment; a dramatic or musical entertainment; process
or manner of functioning or operating.
permeability - noun. the property of something that can be pervaded by a liquid (as by osmosis
or diffusion).
piezoelectric - adj. relating to or involving piezoelectricity.
public - adj. affecting the people or community as a whole; not private; open to or concerning
the people as a whole; noun. a body of people sharing some common interest; people in general
considered as a whole.
public - adj. affecting the people or community as a whole; not private; open to or concerning
the people as a whole; noun. a body of people sharing some common interest; people in general
considered as a whole.
enterprise - noun. a purposeful or industrious undertaking (especially one that requires effort
or boldness); readiness to embark on bold new ventures; an organization created for business
ventures.
recreation - noun. activity that refreshes and recreates; activity that renews your health and
spirits by enjoyment and relaxation; an activity that diverts or amuses or stimulates.
redevelopment - noun. the act of improving by renewing and restoring.
retention - noun. the act of retaining something; the power of retaining liquid; the power of
retaining and recalling past experience.
pond - noun. a small lake.
retrofit - verb. to modify equipment (in airplanes, automobiles, a factory, etc.) that is already in
service using parts developed or made available after the time of original manufacture..
seismicity - noun. the frequency, intensity, and distribution of earthquakes in a given area.
setback - noun. an unfortunate happening that hinders or impedes; something that is thwarting
or frustrating.
sociability - noun. the relative tendency or disposition to be sociable or associate with ones
fellows.
sociology - noun. the study and classification of human societies.
soil - noun. the part of the earths surface consisting of humus and disintegrated rock; the
geographical area under the jurisdiction of a sovereign state; material in the top layer of the
surface of the earth in which plants can grow (especially with reference to its quality or use);
the state of being covered with unclean things; verb make soiled, filthy, or dirty.
space - noun. the unlimited expanse in which everything is located; a blank area; a blank
character used to separate successive words in writing or printing; one of the areas between or
below or above the lines of a musical staff; an area reserved for some particular purpose; an
empty area (usually bounded in some way between things); (printing) a block of type without
a raised letter; used for spacing between words; the interval between two times; verb place at
intervals.
sustainability - noun. the property of being sustainable.
theatre - noun. a building where theatrical performances or motion-picture shows can be

presented; the art of writing and producing plays; a region in which active military operations
are in progress.
topography - noun. the configuration of a surface and the relations among its man-made and
natural features; precise detailed study of the surface features of a region.
tourism - noun. the business of providing services to tourists.
tourist - noun. someone who travels for pleasure.
urban - adj. located in or characteristic of a city or city life; relating to or concerned with a city
or densely populated area.
design - noun. the act of working out the form of something (as by making a sketch or outline
or plan); a decorative or artistic work; a preliminary sketch indicating the plan for something;
an arrangement scheme; the creation of something in the mind; something intended as a guide
for making something else; an anticipated outcome that is intended or that guides your planned
actions; verb intend or have as a purpose; design something for a specific role or purpose or
effect; conceive or fashion in the mind; invent; make a design of; plan out in systematic, often
graphic form; create the design for; create or execute in an artistic or highly skilled manner;
create designs; make or work out a plan for; devise.
urban - adj. located in or characteristic of a city or city life; relating to or concerned with a city
or densely populated area.
planning - noun. the act or process of drawing up plans or layouts for some project or enterprise;
an act of formulating a program for a definite course of action; the cognitive process of thinking
about what you will do in the event of something happening.
vegetation - noun. inactivity that is passive and monotonous, comparable to the inactivity of
plant life; an abnormal growth or excrescence (especially a warty excrescence on the valves
of the heart); all the plant life in a particular region or period; the process of growth in plants.
corridor - noun. an enclosed passageway; rooms usually open onto it.
watershed - noun. a ridge of land that separates two adjacent river systems; an event marking
a unique or important historical change of course or one on which important developments
depend.
waterway - noun. a navigable body of water; a conduit through which water flows.
REFERENCES
Debe, T. (2011). Cultural tourism: a neglected dimension of tourism industry.
Anatolia, 22(2), 234-251.
Douglas, L. (2011). Vertical city [the Shard's structure]. Engineering & Technology,
6(9), 66.
Hoebel, E. A. (1966). Anthropology: the study of man (3d ed.). New York: McGrawHill.
Hurst, F. (1922). The vertical city. New York: Harper & Brothers.
Jensen, R. (1966). High density living. New York: Praeger.
Kohls, L. R. (1979). Survival kit for overseas living. Chicago, Ill.: Intercultural Network/
SYSTRAN Publications.
Koolhaas, R., & Mau, B. (1993). S M L XL: OMA.. S.l.: s.n..
Koolhaas, R. (1994). Delirious New York: a retroactive manifesto for Manhattan (New
ed.). New York: Monacelli Press.
Lewis, P., Tsurumaki, M., & Lewis, D. J. (2008). Lewis. Tsurumaki. Lewis: opportunistic
architecture. Chicago: Graham Foundation for Advanced Studies in the Fine Arts ;.
Maas, W. (1999). Metacity datatown. Rotterdam: MVRDV/010 Publishers.
Mayne, T. (1992). Morphosis: connected isolation. London: Academy Editions ;.
Menin, S., & Samuel, F. (2003). Nature and space: Aalto and Le Corbusier. London:
Routledge.
Olkowski, H., Olkowski, W., & Javits, T. (1979). The integral urban house: self-reliant
living in the city. San Francisco: Sierra Club Books.
Pallasmaa, J. (2005). The eyes of the skin: architecture and the senses. Chichester:
Wiley-Academy ;.
Davis, W., Harrison, K. D., & Howell, C. H. (2007). Book of peoples of the world: a
guide to cultures (Rev. ed.). Washington, D.C.: National Geographic.
Tschumi, B. (2003). The state of architecture at the beginning of the 21st century. New
York: Monacelli Press.
Urosevic, N. (2012). Cultural identity and cultural tourism: Between the local and the
global (a case study of Pula, Croatia). Singidunum Journal of Applied Sciences, 9(1),
67-76.
State of the worlds indigenous peoples. (2009). New York: United Nations.
Triandis, H. C., & Nassiakou, M. (1968).Three cross-cultural studies of subjective
culture; by Harry C. Triandis, Vasso Vassiliou and Maria Nassiakou. Washington:
American Psychological Assn.
Fernandes, C. (2011). Cultural Planning And Creative Tourism In An Emerging
Tourist Destination. International Journal of Management Cases, 13(3), 629-636
Manila Comprehensive Land Use Plan
The National Building Code of the Philippinds P.D. 1096 ,

The Manila Forum - Center For Contemporary Culture & Civic Engagement

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

The Manila Forum - Center For Contemporary Culture & Civic Engagement

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Center for Contemporary Culture and Civic Engagement

PHILIP JON E. LEWIS

September 22, 2014

Arch. JOHN JOSEPH T. FERNANDEZ

PHILIP JON E. LEWIS

Arch. ENRIQUE C. STA MARIA

The Pontifical and Royal

UNIVERSITY OF SANTO TOMAS

OFFICE OF THE DEAN

This Certificate to Proceed is issued on September 22, 2014.

ARCH. JOHN JOSEPH T. FERNANDEZ

Figure 4-1 . Satellite Imagery of SITE A - Lawton

Figure 4-2 . Satellite Imagery of SITE B - Binondo

Figure 4-3 . Satellite Imagery of SITE C - Taft

Figure 4-4 . Satellite Imagery of the Site

Figure 4-5 . Wind Direction of the Site

Figure 4-6 . Sun Angles of the Site

Figure 4-7 . Plan of the Site

Figure 4-8 . Contour Map of the Site

Figure 4-9 . Slope Aspect Map of the Site

Figure 4-10 . Satellite Images of the Site

Figure 4-11 . View from Quezon Bridge

Figure 4-12 . View of the vehicular egress of the site.

Figure 4-13 . View from P.Burgos Avenue

Figure 4-14 . Tunnel at the upper west end of the site

park from arroceros forest park.

Figure 4-18 . The water front side of the project site

ermita, manila city.

Table 4-1 . Criteria for Site Selection

Table 4-2 . S.W.O.T. Analysis of Site A : Lawton

Table 4-4 . Comparative Chart of Monthly Hours of Sunlight of the Site

Table 4-5 . Comparative Temperature Chart of the Site

Table 4-6 . Comparative Humidity Chart of the Site

Table 4-7 . Comparative Precipitation Chart of the Site

Table 4-8 . Probability Chart for Natural Hazards

Table 4-9 . List of Neighboring Structures

Table 4-10 . Utility Availability

Table 6-1 . Fire Resistive Materials

Table 6-2 . Floor Area Incentive Chart

forest park and mehan gardens.

Figure 4-26 . Vehicular Acces Map

Figure 4-27 . Pedestrian Acces Map

Figure 4-28 . Vegetation Map

Figure 4-29 . Vegetation from McArthur bridge.

Figure 4-30 . Vegetation from Quezon Bridge.

Figure 4-31 . On-Site Water Flow Pattern Map

Figure 4-32 . Frequently Flooded Areas On-Site

Figure 4-33 . Potential Areas for Retention Ponds.

Figure 4-34 . Potential Area for Catch Basin.

Figure 4-38 . The arroceros forest park

Figure 4-39 . The water front side of the project site

Figure 4-41 . Neighboring Structures

Figure 4-42 . Shading and Solar Access

Figure 4-43 . Image of LRT Line 1 Transecting the Site

Figure 4-44 . Image of the site From Quezon Bridge

Figure 4-45 . Insular Ice Plant and Cold Storage

Figure 4-46 . Insular Ice Plant and Cold Storage

Figure 4-47 . Insular Ice Plant and Cold Storage

Figure 4-49 . Insular Ice Plant and Cold Storage

Figure 4-48 . Insular Ice Plant and Cold Storage

Figure 4-50 . Insular Ice Plant and Cold Storage

Figure 4-51 . Insular Ice Plant and Cold Storage